INTERLAKE CORP
S-2/A, 1995-05-03
GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: FORTIS SERIES FUND INC, 485APOS, 1995-05-03
Next: CHRYSLER CORP /DE, DEFA14A, 1995-05-03



<PAGE>
 
    
      As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 1995
                                                      Registration No. 033-59003
                                                                                
================================================================================

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549
                               ________________
    
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 
                                      TO     
                                   FORM S-2
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     Under
                          The Securities Act of 1933
                               ________________

                           THE INTERLAKE CORPORATION
              (Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
                               ________________
    Delaware                                             36-3428543
(State or other jurisdiction of                          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                           Identification No.)
                               ________________

                             550 Warrenville Road
                          Lisle, Illinois  60532-4387
                                (708) 852-8800
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                               ________________

                            Stephen R. Smith, Esq.
                           The Interlake Corporation
                 Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
                             550 Warrenville Road
                          Lisle, Illinois  60532-4387
                                (708) 852-8800
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                  including area code, of agent for service)
                               ________________

                                  Copies to:
            Robert A. Yolles, Esq.           Winthrop B. Conrad, Jr., Esq.
            Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue       Davis Polk & Wardwell
            77 West Wacker Drive             450 Lexington Avenue
            Chicago, Illinois  60601-1692    New York, New York  10017
            (312) 782-3939                   (212) 450-4000
                               ________________
       Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement has become effective.
                               ________________

    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box. [_]

    If the registrant elects to deliver its latest annual report to security
holders, or a complete and legible facsimile thereof, pursuant to Item 11(a)(1)
of this Form, check the following box. [_] 
          
                               ________________

    The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
================================================================================
<PAGE>
 

                           THE INTERLAKE CORPORATION

                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET

                   Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Item
No.      Form S-2 Item Number and Heading                Caption or Location in Prospectus
- ----  --------------------------------------    ---------------------------------------------------
<C>   <S>                                       <C>
 
  1.  Forepart of the Registration
        Statement and Outside Front Cover
        Page of Prospectus....................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus
 
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
        Page of Prospectus....................  Inside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Outside
                                                  Back Cover Page of Prospectus
  3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors
        and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
        Charges...............................  Inside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Prospectus
                                                  Summary; Risk Factors; Selected Consolidated
                                                  Financial Data
  
  4.  Use of Proceeds.........................  Use of Proceeds

  5.  Determination of Offering Price.........  Not Applicable

  6.  Dilution................................  Not Applicable

  7.  Selling Security Holders................  Not Applicable

  8.  Plan of Distribution....................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                  Underwriting
  9.  Description of Securities to be
        Registered............................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Prospectus
                                                  Summary; Description of Senior Notes
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and
        Counsel...............................  Not Applicable
 
 11.  Information with Respect to the
        Registrant............................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Selected
                                                  Consolidated Financial Data; Management's
                                                  Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
                                                  and Financial Condition; Business; Index to
                                                  Consolidated Financial Statements

 12.  Incorporation of Certain Information
        by Reference..........................  Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference

 13.  Disclosure of Commission Position
        on Indemnification for Securities
        Act Liabilities.......................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
    
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 3, 1995     

 PROSPECTUS                      $100,000,000
        , 1995

                              [LOGO OF INTERLAKE]

                            % Senior Notes due 2001

       The        % Senior Notes due 2001 (the "Senior Notes") are being offered
 (the "Offering") by The Interlake Corporation (the "Company").  The Senior
 Notes will mature on November      , 2001.  Interest on the Senior Notes will
 be payable semiannually on May      and November      of each year, commencing
 November      , 1995.

       Except as set forth below, the Senior Notes are not redeemable prior to
 November      , 1998.  Thereafter, the Senior Notes are redeemable at the
 option of the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth
 herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.  At any
 time, and from time to time, prior to November      , 1998, the Company may
 redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount of the Senior Notes with the
 proceeds of Equity Sales (as defined herein) at a redemption price of       %
 of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
 redemption.  Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein), the Company will be
 obligated, subject to certain conditions, to offer to repurchase all
 outstanding Senior Notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount
 thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase.  See "Risk
 Factors--Change of Control" and "Description of Senior Notes."

       Concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, the Company is
 repaying a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under its existing senior
 secured bank credit facilities (the "Credit Agreement") and entering into an
 amendment to the Credit Agreement (as amended, the "Amended Credit Agreement").
 See "Description of Certain Other Indebtedness--Amended Credit Agreement."  The
 consummation of the Offering and the effectiveness of the Amended Credit
 Agreement are contingent upon each other.

       The Senior Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company,
 senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness
 and pari passu in right of payment with all other Senior Indebtedness (as
 defined herein) of the Company.  However, substantially all existing Senior
 Indebtedness is (and obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement will be)
 secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of the Company and its
 subsidiaries.  After giving effect to the Offering and the application of the
 net proceeds thereof, as of April 2, 1995, Senior Indebtedness (excluding the
 Senior Notes) would have aggregated approximately $131.6 million, substantially
 all of which is secured indebtedness.  As a result of the Company's holding
 company structure, the Senior Notes will be effectively subordinated to all
 liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries, including liabilities to general
 creditors.  After giving effect to the Offering and the application of the net
 proceeds thereof, as of April 2, 1995, the aggregate of all liabilities of the
 Company's subsidiaries (excluding amounts included above in Senior
 Indebtedness) would have aggregated approximately $221.7 million.

       See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of certain factors which should be
 considered by prospective purchasers in connection with an investment in the
 Senior Notes offered hereby.

 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
           PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
           ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Price       Underwriting     Proceeds
                                to the      Discounts and      to the
                               Public(1)    Commissions(2)   Company(3)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>              <C>
 
 Per Senior Note                        %               %             %
 Total                         $            $                 $
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from the date of issuance.
(2) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
    liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended.  See "Underwriting."
(3) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $       .
    
    The Senior Notes are offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior sale,
 when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to
 various prior conditions, including their right to reject orders in whole or in
 part.  It is expected that delivery of the Senior Notes will be made in New
 York, New York, on or about           , 1995.

 Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette                              CS First Boston
    Securities Corporation                                        
    
[Side:  Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A 
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may 
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes 
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the 
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities 
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior 
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.]
                                                                                
<PAGE>
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
 TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SENIOR NOTES
 AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH
 STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

                         ------------------------------
                  
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
 "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-2 (herein, together with all
 amendments and exhibits, referred to as the "Registration Statement") under the
 Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to the
 securities offered hereby.  This Prospectus omits certain of the information
 contained in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto,
 to which reference is made hereby.  Statements contained herein concerning any
 document filed as an exhibit are not necessarily complete and, in each
 instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to
 the Registration Statement.  Each such statement is qualified in its entirety
 by such reference.

    The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
 Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance
 therewith files reports, proxy statements and other information with the
 Commission.  Such reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the
 Company can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Section of the
 Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the
 Commission's regional offices at 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois
 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048.  Copies of such
 material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  The
 Company's Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (Symbol: IK)
 and the Chicago Stock Exchange.  Reports, proxy statements and other
 information filed by the Company with the Commission may be inspected at the
 offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York
 10005, and the Chicago Stock Exchange, 440 South LaSalle Street, Chicago,
 Illinois 60605.

               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

    This Prospectus incorporates by reference the Annual Report on Form 10-K for
 the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994 and the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
 for the fiscal quarter ended April 2, 1995, filed by the Company with the
 Commission.  Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed
 incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
 for purposes of this Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which it is a
 part to the extent that a statement contained herein modifies or supersedes
 such statement.  Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed,
 except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus or
 the Registration Statement.

    The Company will provide without charge to each person, including any
 beneficial owner, to whom this Prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral
 request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents that have been
 incorporated in this Prospectus by reference, other than exhibits to such
 documents that have not been specifically incorporated by reference herein or
 therein.  Requests should be directed to Corporate Secretary, The Interlake
 Corporation, 550 Warrenville Road, Lisle, Illinois  60532-4387, telephone
 number (708) 852-8800.

                         ------------------------------

    The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 550
 Warrenville Road, Lisle, Illinois 60532-4387.  The telephone number of the
 Company at such address is (708) 852-8800.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  All
references in this Prospectus to the "Company" include its consolidated
subsidiaries unless the context otherwise indicates.

                                  The Company

    General.  The Company is a multinational corporation engaged in the design,
manufacture and sale or distribution of value-added metal and related products
for the automotive, materials handling, packaging and aerospace industries.  The
Company's operations are divided into two segments:  Engineered Materials and
Handling/Packaging Systems.  The Company's operations include:

    Engineered Materials
    --------------------

    .    Hoeganaes Corporation ("Hoeganaes" or "Special Materials"), which 
         produces ferrous metal powder used to manufacture precision parts; and

    .    Chem-tronics, Inc. ("Chem-tronics" or "Aerospace Components"), which
         manufactures precision jet engine components and repairs jet engine fan
         blades.

    Handling/Packaging Systems
    --------------------------

    .    Handling, which designs, manufactures and sells storage rack, 
         shelving and related equipment; and

    .    Packaging, which designs and sells machinery for applying strapping and
         stitching wire, and supplies strapping and stitching wire for use in 
         these machines.

     The Company has leading market shares in all of its businesses and believes
they enjoy a reputation for high quality products and superior customer service.
The Company has implemented programs to reduce costs, improve productivity,
improve customer service and support, and seek growth opportunities through
geographic expansions and new product development.  The Company expects that its
leading market positions, together with its business initiatives, will enable it
to continue to take advantage of U.S. economic trends and the economic
improvements in other markets throughout the world.

    Although the Company's businesses are cyclical in nature, the Company's
operating results have historically lagged behind improvements in the general
economy, and its earnings downturns have also come later than those of the
general economy.  This is largely due to many of Handling's customers waiting to
implement long-term capital projects until a recovery is well-established.  The
Company expects this lagging relationship to continue.

    The Company expects its operating results to benefit from the recovery of
the European economies, which accounted for approximately 28% of the Company's
revenues in 1994. In addition, the Company anticipates that future results will
be enhanced by certain positive trends in its businesses, including the
increased use of powder metallurgy in the manufacture of automobile parts and
Handling's continuing penetration of growing Pacific Rim markets.

    Hoeganaes is the North American market and technology leader in the
production of ferrous (iron-based) metal powders. Ferrous metal powder is used
by customers primarily to manufacture precision parts for automobiles, light
trucks, farm and garden equipment, heavy construction equipment, hand tools and
appliances. Precision parts produced using powdered metal technology have
certain cost and design advantages over parts produced using conventional
techniques such as forging, casting, stamping or machining, as they may be
manufactured with less wasted raw material, lower labor costs and little or no
additional machining. The automotive industry is the largest market for ferrous
metal powder, accounting for approximately 65% of Hoeganaes' sales in 1994.
Average usage of ferrous metal powder per vehicle has increased from 18 pounds
in 1986 to 30 pounds in 1994. In 1994, Hoeganaes had revenues of $153.9 million.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
    Chem-tronics is a leading producer of lightweight, fabricated products for
commercial and military aerospace applications, and also provides jet engine fan
blade repair services.  Chem-tronics offers its customers a vertically
integrated facility, thereby eliminating the need for numerous subcontractors
for a single component.  Chem-tronics' principal products are sold to engine
manufacturers under arrangements which generally establish Chem-tronics as the
sole source of supply.  Approximately 67% of Chem-tronics' revenues in 1994 were
comprised of sales to commercial and space program customers.  In 1994, Chem-
tronics had revenues of $62.5 million.

    Handling designs, manufactures and sells storage rack, shelving, angle,
conveyors and related equipment for use in warehouse distribution centers,
factories and other storage and material handling applications.  Handling also
supplies equipment for retail display and office interiors.  The Company
believes Handling is the world's largest manufacturer of storage rack.
Handling's rack systems are used in warehouse and distribution applications
ranging from simple pallet storage to sophisticated warehouse systems and
warehouse-type retail store environments.  In 1994, Handling had revenues of
$406.0 million.

    The Company's Packaging business is one of the leading North American and
European suppliers of steel and plastic strap and the machinery and tools to
apply this strap.  Packaging also manufactures and distributes wire and
stitching equipment.  In 1994, Packaging had revenues of $130.2 million.

    Financial Results. The Company's net sales increased 10.5% to $752.6 million
in 1994 from $681.3 million in 1993 and increased 22.2% to $206.9 million in the
first quarter of 1995 from $169.3 million in the first quarter of 1994.
Operating profit before goodwill write-down, restructuring charges, depreciation
and amortization ("EBITDA") increased 18.5% to $81.5 million in 1994 from $68.8
million in 1993 and increased 33.3% to $24.0 million in the first quarter of
1995 from $18.0 million in the first quarter of 1994. EBITDA excludes a $34.2
million goodwill write-down in 1994 and restructuring charges of $5.6 million in
1993. The Company reported a net loss of $40.8 million for 1994 and a net loss
of $26.0 million in 1993. Net income in the first quarter of 1995 was $0.4
million compared to a net loss of $2.6 million in the first quarter of 1994.

    The Offering.  The Company is undertaking the Offering and entering into the
Amended Credit Agreement to extend the maturities of a substantial portion of
its long-term debt and to enhance the Company's financial flexibility by
increasing its liquidity and modifying certain covenants applicable under the
Credit Agreement.  The Company will use the net proceeds of the Offering to
repay approximately $72.7 million of term loans and approximately $23.3 million
of revolving loans (the "Loan Repayments") under the Credit Agreement.  As a
result of the Offering and the revised amortization schedule under the Amended
Credit Agreement, $195.3 million of indebtedness which would have matured in
1995 through 1998 under the Credit Agreement, including $171.4 million which
would have matured in 1996 and 1997, will be extended to 1999 through 2001.  The
Amended Credit Agreement is subject to the negotiation, execution and delivery
of definitive documentation.  Accordingly, certain of the actual terms,
conditions and covenants may differ from those described herein.  See
"Description of Certain Other Indebtedness--Amended Credit Agreement."  The
consummation of the Offering and the effectiveness of the Amended Credit
Agreement are contingent upon each other.

    Prior Transactions.  The Company's high debt level and interest costs are a
result of a restructuring program implemented in 1989 pursuant to which the
Company incurred obligations of $551.1 million, and paid a special cash dividend
aggregating $458.8 million on the Company's common stock (the "1989
Restructuring Program").  In 1992, the Company completed a financing plan
pursuant to which the Company raised additional equity capital and refinanced or
revised the terms of certain of its outstanding indebtedness (the "1992
Financing").  In connection with the 1992 Financing, the Company issued common
stock and  preferred stock providing aggregate net proceeds of $80.9 million and
issued $220 million of its Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2002 (the
"Subordinated Debentures").  The net proceeds of the 1992 Financing were used to
redeem the Company's $200 million increasing rate notes, to repay a portion of
indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and for general corporate purposes.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                                  The Offering
<TABLE>

<S>                          <C>
Securities Offered.........  $100,000,000 principal amount of
                                % Senior Notes due 2001.

Maturity Date..............  November     , 2001.

Interest Payment Dates.....  May        and November     of each
                             year, commencing November      , 1995.
 
Mandatory Redemption.......  None.

Optional Redemption........  Except as set forth below, the Senior Notes will
                             not be redeemable by the Company prior to November
                             , 1998. Thereafter, the Senior Notes will be
                             redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole
                             or in part, at the redemption prices set forth
                             herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
                             date of redemption. At any time, and from time to
                             time, prior to November , 1998, the Company may
                             redeem up to 35% of the original principal amount
                             of the Senior Notes with the proceeds of Equity
                             Sales at a redemption price of % of the principal
                             amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
                             date of redemption.
 
Change of Control..........  Upon a Change of Control, the Company will be
                             required to make an offer to repurchase all
                             outstanding Senior Notes at a purchase price of
                             101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
                             and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. Due
                             to the highly leveraged structure of the Company,
                             the Company may not have sufficient funds or
                             financing to repurchase the Senior Notes and
                             satisfy other obligations (including secured
                             obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement)
                             which may come due upon the occurrence of a Change
                             of Control. See "Risk Factors--Change of Control"
                             and "Description of Senior Notes."
 
Ranking....................  The Senior Notes will be general unsecured
                             obligations of the Company and will rank senior in
                             right of payment to all existing and future
                             subordinated indebtedness of the Company (including
                             the Subordinated Debentures) and pari passu in
                             right of payment with all other Senior
                             Indebtedness, including indebtedness under the
                             Amended Credit Agreement. However, substantially
                             all existing Senior Indebtedness is (and
                             obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement will
                             be) secured by a pledge of substantially all of the
                             assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. In
                             addition, as a result of the Company's holding
                             company structure, the Senior Notes will be
                             effectively subordinated to all liabilities of the
                             Company's subsidiaries, including liabilities to
                             general creditors. After giving effect to the
                             Offering and the application of the net proceeds
                             thereof, as of April 2, 1995, Senior Indebtedness
                             (excluding the Senior Notes) would have aggregated
                             approximately $131.6 million, substantially all of
                             which is secured indebtedness, and the aggregate of
                             all liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries
                             (excluding amounts included above in Senior
                             Indebtedness) would have aggregated approximately
                             $221.7 million. The maximum aggregate principal
                             amount of borrowings which may be outstanding under
                             the Amended Credit Agreement is $175.4 million. In
                             addition, the Company may incur additional Senior
                             Indebtedness, including, under certain
                             circumstances, Senior Indebtedness that is secured.
 
Certain Covenants..........  The Indenture pursuant to which the Senior Notes
                             will be issued (the "Indenture") will restrict,
                             among other things, (i) the incurrence of
                             additional indebtedness by the Company and its
                             subsidiaries, (ii) the payment of dividends or
                             other distributions, (iii) the redemption of
                             capital stock or subordinated indebtedness, (iv)
                             certain transactions with affiliates, (v) the
                             incurrence of liens, (vi) the use of proceeds from
                             the disposal of assets and (vii) mergers,
                             consolidations or the sale of all or substantially
                             all of the assets of the Company.
 
Use of Proceeds............  The net proceeds of the Offering, estimated to be
                             $96.0 million, will be used to make the Loan
                             Repayments. See "Use of Proceeds."
</TABLE>

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                      Summary Consolidated Financial Data

    The following table sets forth summary consolidated financial data of the
Company for each of the fiscal years ended December 30, 1990, December 29, 1991,
December 27, 1992, December 26, 1993 and December 25, 1994 and for the three
months ended March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995 and summary consolidated pro forma
data for the year ended December 25, 1994 and the three months ended April 2,
1995 (giving effect to the Offering and the making of the Loan Repayments as if
such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the year ended December 25,
1994 and, except as otherwise indicated, the three months ended April 2, 1995,
respectively).  The following financial data should be read in conjunction with
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition" and the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            
                                                                                                 Three Months Ended
                                                    Fiscal Year Ended                              (Unaudited)(9)
                             -----------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
                                                                                                March 27,       April 2,
                             1990           1991           1992         1993          1994        1994            1995
                                                               (In thousands, except ratios)
<S>                          <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>      <C>             <C>        
Operating Statement Data:
Net sales from continuing
 operations................  $ 786,279      $ 714,742     $ 708,199     $ 681,330     $ 752,592    $ 169,336      $ 206,898
Restructuring charges and
 goodwill write-down (1)...     13,482          3,344         2,523         5,611        34,174          ---            ---
Operating profit...........     58,651         61,539        50,383        38,186        24,225       12,033         18,707
Net interest expense.......     62,037         56,146        51,425        49,051        50,240       12,541         13,479
Provision for income 
 taxes.....................      8,536         10,530         9,040         6,542        10,888        1,988          3,489
Income (loss) from
 continuing operations
 before minority
 interest, extraordinary
 loss and accounting
 changes...................     (8,644)       (10,103)(6)   (10,566)      (22,766)(6)   (36,422)      (1,500)         1,810
Net income (loss) (1)......  $ (21,751)(5)  $ (13,744)    $ (27,698)(7) $ (25,962)    $ (40,751)   $  (2,589)(10) $     394
                             =========      =========     =========     =========     =========    =========      =========
 
Balance Sheet Data (at end
 of period):
Cash and cash equivalents..  $  18,473      $  10,541     $  38,640     $  31,934     $  39,708    $  17,606      $  22,473
Working capital............     70,020         61,347        92,789        73,869        67,619       73,275         71,826
Total assets...............    518,997        478,067       511,292       464,160       444,953      454,037        435,604
Total debt.................    494,615        471,441       450,801       443,135       442,451      442,150        447,594
Convertible Exchangeable
 Preferred Stock--
 Redeemable................        ---            ---        39,155        39,155        39,155       39,155         39,155
Total shareholders'
 equity (deficit)..........   (226,808)      (239,465)     (232,718)     (259,767)     (296,435)    (261,624)(10)  (292,378)
 
Other Data:
Capital expenditures.......  $  14,249      $  13,472     $  24,588     $  14,540     $  15,485    $   3,675      $   3,051
                             =========      =========     =========     =========     =========    =========      =========
EBIT--Operating profit
 before restructuring
 charges and goodwill
 write-down (2)............  $  72,133      $  64,883     $  52,906     $  43,797     $  58,399    $  12,033      $  18,707
Depreciation and
 amortization..............     27,146         25,324        27,535        25,040        23,102        5,987          5,322
                             ---------      ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------    ---------      ---------
EBITDA (2).................  $  99,279      $  90,207     $  80,441     $  68,837     $  81,501    $  18,020      $  24,029
                             =========      =========     =========     =========     =========    =========      =========
Ratio of earnings from
 continuing operations to
 fixed charges (3).........        ---            ---           ---           ---           ---          ---           1.21
Ratio of EBITDA to net
 interest expense..........       1.60           1.61          1.56          1.40          1.62         1.44           1.78
Ratio of total debt
 to EBITDA.................       4.98           5.23          5.60          6.44          5.43         6.42(8)        5.11(8)
 </TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>  
                                         Fiscal Year Ended               Three Months Ended
                                         December 25, 1994                 April 2, 1995
                                         -----------------               ------------------
                                                   (In thousands, except ratios)
<S>                                      <C>                             <C>  
Unaudited Pro Forma Data (4):
Net interest expense.......                 $  53,939                         $  13,904
Net loss...................                   (44,450)                              (31)
Ratio of earnings from
 continuing operations to
   fixed charges (3).......                       ---                              1.17
Ratio of EBITDA to net
 interest expense..........                      1.51                              1.73
Ratio of total debt
 to EBITDA.................                      5.48                              5.16(8)
</TABLE> 
- --------------------
(1)  Reflects restructuring charges in 1990, 1991, 1992 and 1993 and a charge 
     for goodwill write-down in 1994.
(2)  The Company has included information concerning EBIT and EBITDA because it
     believes that EBIT and EBITDA are used by certain investors as one measure
     of an issuer's historical ability to fund operations and meet its financial
     obligations and because EBIT and EBITDA are relevant to compliance with the
     covenants in the Credit Agreement and the Amended Credit Agreement.  See
     "Description of Certain Other Indebtedness--Amended Credit Agreement." EBIT
     and EBITDA should not be considered by an investor as alternatives to, or
     more meaningful than, net income (loss) as indicators of the Company's
     results of operations or cash flows or as a measure of liquidity.

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
(3)  For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings from continuing
     operations to fixed charges, "earnings" includes pretax income from
     continuing operations adjusted for the minority interest in the pretax
     income of majority-owned subsidiaries and fixed charges. "Fixed charges"
     consists of interest on all indebtedness (which includes the interest
     component of capitalized leases) and amortization of deferred financing
     costs. Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by deficiencies of
     $6.9 million, $5.0 million, $7.2 million, $21.6 million and $32.3 million
     in the fiscal years ended December 30, 1990, December 29, 1991, December
     27, 1992, December 26, 1993 and December 25, 1994, respectively, and by a
     deficiency of $1.0 million for the three months ended March 27, 1994. On a
     pro forma basis, earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by a
     deficiency of $36.0 million in the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994.
(4)  Pro forma data includes the effects of (a) amortization of fees and
     expenses related to the Senior Notes and the Amended Credit Agreement, (b)
     elimination of the amortization of fees and expenses attributable to the
     loans under the Credit Agreement to be written off upon consummation of the
     Offering and (c) an increase in interest expense attributable to the Senior
     Notes.
(5)  Includes results of discontinued operations consisting of losses of $8.9
     million.
(6)  Includes the effect of special non-operating charges of $6.0 million and
     $4.8 million in 1991 and 1993, respectively, relating to certain
     environmental matters.
(7)  Includes an extraordinary loss of $7.6 million on early extinguishment of
     debt, net of applicable income taxes, and charges related to changes in
     methods for accounting for income taxes and postretirement benefits 
     totalling $6.1 million.
(8)  The ratio of total debt to EBITDA for these periods has been calculated
     using total debt at the end of the period divided by EBITDA for the four
     fiscal quarters ended at the end of such period. EBITDA for the four fiscal
     quarters ended March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995 was $68.9 million and $87.5
     million, respectively.
(9)  The first quarter of 1995 was a 14-week period, whereas the first quarter
     of 1994 was a 13-week period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Results of Operations and Financial Condition--Results of Operations for
     the First Quarter of 1994 and 1995."
(10) Reflects a charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 1994, retroactive to
     the beginning of fiscal 1994, related to a change in method of accounting
     for postretirement benefits of $0.2 million.

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                             Summary Capitalization

     The following table sets forth the summary consolidated capitalization of
the Company at April 2, 1995 and as adjusted to give effect to the Offering and
the Loan Repayments at such date.  See "Capitalization."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                            April 2, 1995
                                                             (Unaudited)
                                                       -----------------------
                                                       Actual      As Adjusted
                                                            (In thousands)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
  Credit Agreement loans (1).........................  $ 204,580   $ 108,580
  Senior Notes.......................................        ---     100,000
  Subordinated Debentures............................    220,000     220,000
  Other..............................................     23,014      23,014
                                                       ---------   ---------
   Total long-term debt (2)..........................    447,594     451,594
Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock-Redeemable..     39,155      39,155
Shareholders' equity (deficit).......................   (292,378)   (296,414)(3)
                                                       ---------   ---------
    Total capitalization.............................  $ 194,371   $ 194,335
                                                       =========   =========
</TABLE> 
- --------------------
(1)  Reflect amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement (actual) and the
     Amended Credit Agreement (as adjusted).
(2)  Includes current maturities of $30.5 million (actual) and $3.3 million (as
     adjusted).
(3)  Reflects charges of $4.0 million relating to unamortized bank fees
     pertaining to the Loan Repayments.  These amounts will be charged against
     results of operations during the fiscal quarter in which the Loan
     Repayments are made.


                                   Liquidity

    The following table sets forth at April 2, 1995 the Company's consolidated
cash position and amounts available to the Company under the Credit Agreement
and as adjusted to give effect to the Offering, the Amended Credit Agreement and
the Loan Repayments.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                            April 2, 1995
                                                             (Unaudited)
                                                       -----------------------
                                                       Actual      As Adjusted
                                                            (In thousands)          
<S>                                                   <C>          <C> 
Cash and cash equivalents..........................   $ 22,473      $ 22,473
                                                      ========      ========
Total available commitment (1).....................   $239,164      $175,400
Total utilization (2)..............................    224,685       128,685
                                                      --------      --------
Amounts available (1)..............................   $ 14,479      $ 46,715
                                                      ========      ========
</TABLE>
- ----------------------
(1)  Amounts shown reflect the amounts effectively available at April 2, 1995
     under the terms of the Credit Agreement (actual) and the Amended Credit
     Agreement (as adjusted) and include $5.8 million (actual and as adjusted)
     available only to pay certain potential environmental liabilities.
(2)  Amounts include outstanding letters of credit of $20.1 million.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                             Scheduled Amortization

    In connection with the Offering and the Loan Repayments, the Company will
repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement and enter
into the Amended Credit Agreement.  The Loan Repayments and the Amended Credit
Agreement will extend the maturities of a substantial portion of the Company's
long-term debt and enhance the Company's financial flexibility by increasing its
liquidity and modifying certain covenants applicable under the Credit Agreement.
See "Description of Certain Other Indebtedness--Amended Credit Agreement."
After giving effect to the Offering, the application of the net proceeds thereof
to make the Loan Repayments, and the revised amortization schedule under the
Amended Credit Agreement, scheduled maturities of outstanding indebtedness
(including obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement) are expected to be as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                            Scheduled Amortization
                                 (Unaudited)
                            ----------------------
                             Actual    As Adjusted
                               (In thousands)
<S>                         <C>        <C>
  Fiscal Year Ended
- ---------------------
 
       1995(1).......       $ 24,633   $  8,539
       1996..........         89,188      4,277
       1997..........         90,773      3,948
       1998..........         11,544      4,044
       1999..........          4,096    103,426(2)
       2000..........            200        200
       2001..........         50,300    150,300(3)
       2002..........        171,300    171,300(4)
</TABLE>
- -------------
  (1)  Includes $5.8 million paid during the first quarter of 1995 under the
       terms of the Credit Agreement (actual and as adjusted) and excludes the
       Loan Repayments (as adjusted).
  (2)  Includes $99.3 million maturing under the Amended Credit Agreement.
  (3)  Includes the $100.0 million of Senior Notes and $50.0 million due under
       the Subordinated Debentures.
  (4)  Includes $170.0 million of the Subordinated Debentures.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
                                  RISK FACTORS

    Prospective investors should consider carefully the specific risk factors
set forth below, as well as the other information set forth or incorporated by
reference in this Prospectus, prior to purchasing the Senior Notes offered 
hereby.

High Leverage

    The Company is highly leveraged.  At April 2, 1995, the Company had
approximately $447.6 million of indebtedness and shareholders' deficit of $292.4
million.  Following consummation of the Offering and giving effect to the Loan
Repayments, the Company will remain highly leveraged.  Accordingly, (i) the
Company will have significant interest expense and principal repayment
obligations; (ii) the ability of the Company to satisfy its obligations
(including its debt service requirements relating to the Senior Notes and the
other indebtedness which will remain outstanding following consummation of the
Offering) through 1998 and its ability to refinance its indebtedness maturing in
1999 through 2002 will depend on achieving satisfactory operating results, which
will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and
other factors, many of which are beyond the control of the Company; (iii) the
outstanding indebtedness and the deficit in shareholders' equity will limit the
Company's ability to effect future financings, to make capital expenditures or
acquisitions and to take advantage of other significant business opportunities
that may arise, and may otherwise restrict corporate activities; (iv) a portion
of the Company's indebtedness will be subject to fluctuations in interest rates;
and (v) the credit ratings, if any, on the Company's outstanding long-term debt
are expected to remain below investment grade.

    High debt levels and interest costs incurred by the Company have had, and
will continue to have, a substantial adverse effect on the Company's cash flows
and results of operations. The Company reported a net loss of $40.8 million for
the year ended December 25, 1994 (including a $34.2 million charge for goodwill
write-down) and net income of $0.4 million for the three months ended April 2,
1995. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the three months ended April 2,
1995 was 1.21. Earnings for the years ended December 25, 1994 and December 26,
1993 were inadequate to cover fixed charges by deficiencies of $32.3 million and
$21.6 million, respectively. Giving effect to the Offering and the Loan
Repayments, on a pro forma basis, for the three months ended April 2, 1995, the
ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 1.17 and, for the year ended
December 25, 1994, earnings would have been inadequate to cover fixed charges by
$36.0 million.

Inability to Refinance or Repay Indebtedness at Maturity

    Following the Offering, the Company will have substantial indebtedness
maturing in 1999 through 2002, including $99.3 million under the Amended Credit
Agreement which will mature in 1999, $100.0 million under the Senior Notes which
will mature in 2001, $50.0 million of Subordinated Debentures which will be
payable in 2001 and $170.0 million of Subordinated Debentures which will mature
in 2002.  See "Prospectus Summary--Scheduled Amortization."  After consummation
of the Offering and the effectiveness of the Amended Credit Agreement, the
Company believes that it will be able to meet its debt service requirements from
operating cash flow through 1998.  However, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to do so.  In addition, if the Company is unable to comply
with the financial and operating covenants of the Amended Credit Agreement, it
may need to refinance amounts borrowed thereunder prior to 1999.  See "--
Financial and Operating Restrictions; Financial Performance Requirements."  The
Company does not expect to be able to repay the indebtedness maturing in 1999
through 2002 from operating cash flows.  Accordingly, the Company will need to
refinance the indebtedness represented by the Amended Credit Agreement, the
Senior Notes and the Subordinated Debentures.  The Company may determine that it
is necessary to include an equity offering as a component of any proposed
refinancing.  The Company's ability to refinance this indebtedness, including
its ability to issue equity, will be dependent on its future operating results
and cash flow from operations, which are in turn dependent upon a number of
factors, including prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and
other factors, many of which are beyond the control of the Company.  There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to refinance indebtedness under
the Amended Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes or the Subordinated Debentures at
maturity.  In addition, the Company's ability to meet its debt service
requirements through 1998 and its ability to refinance this indebtedness could
be adversely affected by the outcome of certain determinations relating to
potential environmental and federal income tax liabilities.  See "--
Environmental Matters" and "--Federal Income Taxes."  For a discussion of the
possible consequences of an event of default under the Amended Credit Agreement,
see "--Effective Subordination as a Result of Unsecured Status of Senior Notes."

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
Impact of Economic Conditions on Company's Performance

    The Company's operating results are, and will continue to be, highly
dependent on the economic environments in which it operates. In recent periods,
the U.S. economy has improved from earlier recessionary conditions; however, the
economic climate in Europe deteriorated significantly during 1993 and recovered
only partially in 1994. The Company's net sales in Europe represented 28% and
31% of consolidated net sales in 1994 and 1993, respectively. The Company's net
sales outside of the U.S. represented approximately 42% of consolidated net
sales in 1994. See Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. There
can be no assurance that the improvements in the economies in which the Company
operates will continue or that any improvement will be of a magnitude sufficient
to enable the Company to generate operating results and cash flow in sufficient
amounts to meet its debt service requirements or to comply with the restrictive
covenants under the Amended Credit Agreement.

Financial and Operating Restrictions; Financial Performance Requirements

    The Amended Credit Agreement will contain numerous financial and operating
covenants restricting the manner in which the business of the Company may be
operated.  The Company will be required under the Amended Credit Agreement to
comply with specified financial performance and operating requirements or
restrictions, including those relating to operating cash flow, net worth and
capital expenditures.  A description of the requirements or restrictions is set
forth under the heading "Description of Certain Other Indebtedness--Amended
Credit Agreement--Certain Covenants."  The Company's results and cash flow from
operations must improve over 1994 levels to meet these performance requirements.
In addition, the Amended Credit Agreement, among other things, will require that
all net cash proceeds from dispositions of assets of the Company out of the
ordinary course of business and other cash infusions (including certain
financing transactions) and the Company's excess cash flow annually on a
consolidated basis (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) be applied to
prepay debt outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement.

    If the Company were unable to comply with any of the covenants under the
Amended Credit Agreement, the Company could seek to renegotiate the Amended
Credit Agreement or to refinance the loans outstanding under the Amended Credit
Agreement.  If the Company were unable to renegotiate the Amended Credit
Agreement in a satisfactory manner or to refinance the loans, the Company could
be in default under the Amended Credit Agreement.  See "--Effective
Subordination as a Result of Unsecured Status of Senior Notes" and "Description
of Certain Other Indebtedness--Amended Credit Agreement."

    In addition, the Indenture will contain certain restrictive covenants
limiting, among other things, the issuance of additional indebtedness and
preferred stock by the Company and its subsidiaries, the payment by the Company
of dividends or other distributions, the redemption of capital stock of the
Company, transactions with affiliates, the use of proceeds from the disposal of
assets, the incurrence of liens, and the merger, consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company.  See "Description of Senior
Notes."  The Indenture governing the Subordinated Debentures (the "Subordinated
Debenture Indenture") also contains restrictive covenants which are
substantially similar to those contained in the Indenture.  See "Description of
Certain Other Indebtedness--Subordinated Debentures."

    The ability of the Company to comply with such provisions in the Indenture,
the Amended Credit Agreement and the Subordinated Debenture Indenture will
depend on its future performance, which will be subject to prevailing economic
conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond
the Company's control.  Although the Company expects that it will be able to
comply with such provisions, there can be no assurance that it will be able to
do so.

Potential Adverse Effects of Fluctuations in Foreign Currency

    The Company's net sales outside the U.S. represented approximately 42% of
consolidated net sales in 1994.  Substantially all of the Company's consolidated
indebtedness and related interest expense has been incurred in U.S. dollars.
The Company relies on transfers of funds from its foreign subsidiaries to
provide a portion of the funds necessary to meet the Company's debt service
obligations arising principally in the U.S.  As a result, the Company is
particularly sensitive to foreign currency fluctuations.  Fluctuations in
currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of
operations and cash flows.  For example, if the dollar strengthens in relation
to currencies in which the Company's sales are made, the Company's revenues
would decline and cause a reduction in cash flows.  Any significant
strengthening of the dollar could affect the

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
Company's ability to meet its debt service obligations through operating cash
flows or to refinance its outstanding indebtedness.  The Company is not hedged
against these currency fluctuation risks.

Effective Subordination as a Result of Holding Company Structure

    The Company is a holding company which conducts all of its operations
through its subsidiaries. The Company is the sole obligor on the Senior Notes.
The Senior Notes are not guaranteed by any subsidiary of the Company.

    All of the Company's operating income is generated by its subsidiaries.  The
Company relies on dividends and other advances and transfers of funds from its
subsidiaries to provide the funds necessary to meet the Company's debt service
obligations, including payment of principal and interest on the indebtedness
under the Amended Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and the Subordinated
Debentures.  The ability of the Company's subsidiaries to pay such dividends and
make such advances and transfers is subject to applicable state and non-U.S.
laws.  Claims of creditors of the Company's subsidiaries, including general
creditors, will generally have priority as to the assets of such subsidiaries
over the claims of the Company and the holders of indebtedness of the Company,
including holders of the Senior Notes.  At April 2, 1995, the liabilities of the
Company's subsidiaries aggregated approximately $307.7 million, including $86.0
million of indebtedness for borrowed money, substantially all of which is, to
some extent, secured indebtedness.  After giving effect to the Offering and the
Loan Repayments, at April 2, 1995, the liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries
would have aggregated approximately $293.0 million, including $71.3 million of
indebtedness for borrowed money.  The Indenture, the Amended Credit Agreement
and the Subordinated Debenture Indenture permit the Company's subsidiaries to
incur additional indebtedness in certain circumstances.

    Certain subsidiaries of the Company are borrowers under the Amended Credit
Agreement and, as such, have pledged substantially all of their assets as
security for their obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement.  See "--
Effective Subordination as a Result of Unsecured Status of Senior Notes."

Effective Subordination as a Result of Unsecured Status of Senior Notes

    The Senior Notes will be general, unsecured obligations of the Company and
will rank pari passu in right of payment to all other Senior Indebtedness,
including the principal of and interest on and all other amounts due on or
payable by the Company in connection with the Amended Credit Agreement (whether
as primary obligor or as a guarantor of the obligations of the Subsidiary
Borrowers and the ESOP Borrower (as defined) under the Amended Credit Agreement)
and any indebtedness designated by the Company as Senior Indebtedness at the
time of its incurrence.  The Amended Credit Agreement and the Indenture limit,
but do not prohibit, the incurrence of additional indebtedness which constitutes
Senior Indebtedness.

    A default under the Amended Credit Agreement could cause indebtedness
thereunder to be declared due and payable prior to maturity.  Because of cross-
acceleration provisions in the Indenture, a payment default under the Amended
Credit Agreement or the Subordinated Debenture Indenture or certain other
defaults under the Amended Credit Agreement or the Subordinated Debenture
Indenture followed, in each case, by an acceleration of the indebtedness
outstanding under such document, would constitute a default under the Indenture
which in turn could lead to an acceleration of the Senior Notes.  If the Company
is unable to repay any such indebtedness when due, the holders of such
indebtedness could proceed against the collateral, if any, securing such
indebtedness.  In the case of the Amended Credit Agreement, the collateral
consists of substantially all of the assets of the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries.  If the indebtedness under the Amended Credit Agreement were to be
accelerated, the proceeds of any sale of the collateral securing such
indebtedness would be applied to payment of indebtedness owed under the Amended
Credit Agreement prior to being applied to payment of the Company's general
unsecured indebtedness (including the Senior Notes).  In such an event, it is
possible any amounts available to repay the other general unsecured indebtedness
of the Company (including the Senior Notes) would be insignificant.

    In addition, by reason of the unsecured status of the Senior Notes, in the
event of the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or
other winding-up of the Company, the lenders under the Amended Credit Agreement
(the "Banks") will be entitled to be paid out of the proceeds of a sale of the
Company's assets and the assets of certain of the Company's subsidiaries before
payments to the holders of the Senior Notes and other general unsecured
creditors.  As a result, the remaining assets of the Company may be insufficient
to pay the amounts due on the Senior Notes in the event of the Company's
insolvency, bankruptcy or similar event.  As of April 2, 1995, Senior
Indebtedness

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
aggregated approximately $227.6 million, including $204.6 million of secured
obligations under the Credit Agreement.  After giving effect to the Offering and
the Loan Repayments, as of April 2, 1995, secured debt would have aggregated
approximately $131.6.  The maximum aggregate principal amount of borrowings
which may be outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement is $175.4 million.
In addition, the Company may incur additional Senior Indebtedness, including
under certain circumstances, Senior Indebtedness that is secured.  See
"Description of Senior Notes--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Liens" and
"Description of Certain Other Indebtedness--Amended Credit Agreement."

Fraudulent Conveyance and Other Concerns

    Proceeds from the Offering will be used to refinance a portion of the
indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.  The indebtedness under the Credit
Agreement was initially incurred in connection with the 1989 Restructuring
Program.  If in a lawsuit on behalf of an unpaid creditor of the Company or a
representative of the creditors, a court were to find under applicable
provisions of federal bankruptcy law and state fraudulent conveyance statutes
that, pursuant to the incurrence of the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement
in connection with the 1989 Restructuring Program, the Company (i) intended to
hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor or (ii) received less
than reasonably equivalent value in exchange for the debt incurred or the
distribution made and (a) was insolvent, (b) was rendered insolvent by reason of
the transaction, (c) was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction
for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital or (d)
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to
pay such debts as they matured, such court could void certain of the
indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement as a fraudulent transfer,
conveyance or obligation.  In addition, in such circumstances, the court also
might, under fraudulent conveyance laws or other legal principles, permit the
Senior Notes and prior payments thereon to be voided and permit such prior
payments to be recovered from the holders of the Senior Notes, based on the use
of the proceeds of the Offering to repay indebtedness under the Credit
Agreement.  Alternatively, in such event, claims of the holders of the Senior
Notes could be subordinated to claims of other creditors of the Company.

Change of Control

    In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture, see
"Description of Senior Notes--Certain Definitions"), the Company is required
promptly to make an offer to purchase all Senior Notes then outstanding at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, as provided in the Indenture.  Prior to the mailing of a
notice to each holder of the Senior Notes of such an offer, the Company will be
required in good faith (i) to seek to obtain any required consent under the
Amended Credit Agreement so as to permit such purchase of the Senior Notes, or
(ii) to attempt to repay all or a portion of the indebtedness under the Amended
Credit Agreement to the extent necessary (including, if necessary, payment in
full of such indebtedness and payment of any prepayment premiums, fees, expenses
or penalties) to permit purchase of the Senior Notes without such consent.  If
such indebtedness is not then prepayable to such extent, the Company will be
required to make an offer to those Banks under the Amended Credit Agreement from
which consent is required and cannot be obtained to repay such indebtedness in
full for an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance thereof and
accrued interest to the date of repayment (and fees, expenses, penalties and
premiums, if any) and to repay any Banks that accept such offer.

    Due to the highly leveraged structure of the Company, the Company may be
unable to repurchase the Senior Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control.  In addition, any such Change of Control would constitute an event of
default under the Amended Credit Agreement with the result that the Banks could
declare the loans under the Amended Credit Agreement to be immediately due and
payable.  Further, a Change of Control could trigger obligations by the Company
to prepay or redeem the Subordinated Debentures and its Convertible Preferred
Stock.  In such events, the holders of all such obligations could seek to pursue
various contractual and legal remedies against the Company.  If the Company were
unable to pay all amounts that would become due in respect of all such
obligations in such circumstance, it could result in the bankruptcy,
liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of the Company.
The assets of the Company may be insufficient to pay the amounts due under the
Amended Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes in such event.  See "--Effective
Subordination as a Result of Unsecured Status of the Senior Notes," "Description
of Senior Notes--Change of Control," and "--Certain Definitions--Change of
Control."  For a discussion of the Company's ability to incur additional
indebtedness under the Indenture and the Amended Credit Agreement, see
"Description of Senior Notes--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Consolidated
Indebtedness."

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
Environmental Matters

    The Company has incurred and will continue to incur expenses for
environmental matters, including those arising from sites related to former
operations of predecessors of the Company. Included among these sites is a
Superfund site in Duluth, Minnesota, for which the Company has been identified
as a potentially responsible party. In 1991, based on a review of its
environmental matters involving nonoperating locations, the Company took a
special charge of $6.0 million, of which $4.5 million was attributable to its
estimate of potential costs related to the Duluth site. In 1993, the Company
took additional special charges totalling $4.8 million to cover estimated
liabilities for environmental matters at nonoperating sites, including a $3.9
million charge with respect to the Duluth site. The Duluth charge in 1993
reflected an increase in the Company's existing reserve to account for the
Company's estimate of its share of the likely costs to complete remediation of
certain contaminated soils at the site to standards consistent with the site's
present industrial use, based on certain risk assessments and other assumptions,
and to further investigate certain underwater sediments at the site for which
the Company has been identified as the potentially responsible party. However,
the Duluth charge did not attempt to account for potential costs of remediation
of the contaminated soils based on alternative risk assessments or other
assumptions, or to standards consistent with unrestricted use. Based on its most
recent discussions with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (the "MPCA")
staff, the Company believes that the required remediation of contaminated soils
at the Duluth site will be consistent with its long-time industrial use. The
costs of the alternatives for clean-up to industrial use standards believed to
be most appropriate by the Company range from $3 million to $4 million. However,
the Company has reviewed other remedial plans prepared on behalf of the Company
for the contaminated soils which also contemplate the continued industrial use
of the property but which could cost as much as $20 million. This higher amount
is based upon certain risk assessments and other assumptions which the Company
believes to be overly conservative. If remediation to an unrestricted use
standard were required, the cost likely would be much higher than the amount
accrued by the Company through April 2, 1995. The cost of the remedial
alternative designed to meet unrestricted use standards most recently prepared
for the Company was calculated to be approximately $38 million. The Company is
currently in negotiations with the MPCA to arrive at an agreed-upon work plan
for the remediation of the contaminated soils, but there can be no assurance
that an agreement will be reached. Furthermore, absent further investigation and
indication by government agencies, it is not known whether any remediation of
the underwater sediments will be required or, if so, to what level. Therefore,
the Duluth charges to date have not accounted for the costs of remediation of
the underwater sediments. There can be no assurance that the Company will have
available resources sufficient to pay any costs of remediation beyond those
accrued for, including any costs relating to remediation of the underwater
sediments.

    The Company is a defendant in two actions in federal district court seeking
recoveries of amounts expended or anticipated by third parties in connection
with the clean-up of alleged environmental contamination.  The Company does not
believe that either of these actions is likely to have a material adverse effect
on its business, future results of operations, liquidity or consolidated
financial condition.  However, there can be no assurance that these matters will
be resolved in accordance with the Company's expectations.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--
Nonoperating Items" and Note 16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

    As of April 2, 1995, the Company had accruals aggregating $5.9 million for
environmental liabilities.  While the Company believes that the Amended Credit
Agreement will provide adequate liquidity to fund the amounts accrued, there can
be no assurance that adequate liquidity would be available to the Company to
fund any additional charges for environmental matters.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--
Nonoperating Items" and Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Federal Income Taxes

    The Company's federal income tax returns for the years 1988 through 1990 are
in the process of examination.  Resolution of tax years 1982 through 1984 is
pending at the U.S. Tax Court following receipt in 1994 by the Company of a
statutory notice of deficiency for these years of $17.0 million plus interest
and penalties (which interest and penalties could substantially exceed the
amount of the alleged deficiency).  Resolution of tax years 1985 through 1987,
which involve some of the issues raised regarding tax years 1982 through 1984
and other issues, is pending at the Appeals Division of the Internal Revenue
Service.  The Company believes that its positions with respect to contested
matters for all outstanding periods are strong and that adequate provision in
the financial statements has been made for the possible assessments of
additional taxes and interest.  The Company believes that the Amended Credit
Agreement will provide adequate liquidity to fund the expected assessments
arising from the examinations of tax years 1982 through 1990.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
However, there can be no assurance that federal income tax issues for the years
1982 through 1990 will be resolved in accordance with the Company's
expectations.

Lack of Public Market

    The Senior Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no
established trading market. The Company does not intend to list the Senior Notes
on any securities exchange. The Underwriters have advised the Company that they
currently intend to make a market in the Senior Notes, but they are not
obligated to do so and may discontinue such market making at any time.
Accordingly, no assurance can be given that an active public market will develop
for the Senior Notes or as to the liquidity of any trading market for the Senior
Notes. If a trading market does not develop or is not maintained, holders of
Senior Notes may experience difficulty in reselling the Senior Notes or may be
unable to sell them at all. If a market for the Senior Notes develops, the
Senior Notes may trade at a discount from their original issue price.

    The liquidity of and the market price for the Senior Notes can be expected
to vary with changes in market and economic conditions, the financial condition
and prospects of the Company, and other factors that generally influence the
market prices of securities, including in particular, fluctuations in the market
for high yield securities. Such fluctuations in the high yield market may
significantly affect liquidity and market prices for the Senior Notes,
independent of the financial performance of and prospects for the Company.


                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Senior Notes in the
Offering are expected to be approximately $96.0 million, after deducting
estimated expenses and underwriting discounts.  The Company intends to use the
net proceeds of the Offering to repay approximately $96.0 million of
indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, including $72.7 million of term loans
maturing on various dates from 1995 through 1998 and $23.3 million of revolving
loans maturing in 1997, each bearing interest, at April 2, 1995, at rates
ranging from 9.00% to 9.4375%.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION

  The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the Company,
as of April 2, 1995, and as adjusted to give effect to the Offering and the Loan
Repayments on such date.  See "Use of Proceeds" and the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                 April 2, 1995
                                                                  (Unaudited)
                                                            -----------------------
                                                            Actual      As Adjusted

                                                     (In thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
 Credit Agreement loans (1)................................  $ 204,580   $ 108,580
 Senior Notes..............................................        ---     100,000
 Subordinated Debentures...................................    220,000     220,000
 All other.................................................     23,014      23,014
                                                             ---------   ---------
  Total long-term debt (2).................................    447,594     451,594
 
Preferred Stock, 2,000,000 shares authorized:
 Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock - Redeemable,
   par value $1 per share, 40,000 shares
   issued and outstanding..................................     39,155      39,155
 
 
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
 Common Stock, par value $1 per share, 100,000,000 shares
   authorized; 23,228,695 shares issued and outstanding....     23,229      23,229
 Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $1 per share,
   15,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
   and outstanding.........................................        ---         ---
 Additional paid-in capital................................     13,504      13,504
 Cost of Common Stock held in treasury
    (412,500 shares).......................................     (9,625)     (9,625)
 Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)...................   (293,571)   (297,607)(3)
 Unearned compensation.....................................    (10,752)    (10,752)
 Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments......    (15,163)    (15,163)
                                                             ---------   ---------
      Total shareholders' equity (deficit).................   (292,378)   (296,414)
                                                             ---------   ---------
 
      Total capitalization.................................  $ 194,371   $ 194,335
                                                             =========   =========
</TABLE>
- ----------------------
(1)  Reflects amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement (actual) and the
     Amended Credit Agreement (as adjusted).
(2)  Includes current maturities of $30.5 million (actual) and $3.3 million (as
     adjusted).
(3)  Reflects charges of $4.0 million relating to unamortized bank fees
     pertaining to the Loan Repayments.  These amounts will be charged against
     results of operations during the fiscal quarter in which the Loan
     Repayments are made.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data
of the Company for each of the fiscal years ended December 30, 1990, December
29, 1991, December 27, 1992, December 26, 1993 and December 25, 1994 and for the
three months ended March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995 and selected pro forma data
for the year ended December 25, 1994 and the three months ended April 2, 1995
(giving effect to the Offering and the making of the Loan Repayments as if such
transactions had occurred at the beginning of the year ended December 25, 1994
and, except as otherwise indicated, the three months ended April 2, 1995,
respectively).  The selected historical consolidated financial data for each of
the five fiscal years are derived from the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements which have been audited by Price Waterhouse LLP.  The information for
the three months ended March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995 has not been audited,
but, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary for a fair
presentation of the information shown.  Results of operations for the three
months ended April 2, 1995 are not necessarily indicative of results of
operations for the entire 1995 fiscal year.  The following financial data should
be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
Operations and Financial Condition" and the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            
                                                                                                    Three Months Ended
                                                     Fiscal Year Ended                                (Unaudited)(8)
                             ------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------------
                                                                                                 March 27,         April 2,
                             1990           1991           1992         1993          1994         1994              1995
                                                             (In thousands, except ratios)
<S>                          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>       <C>             <C>
Operating Statement Data:
Net sales from continuing
 operations................  $ 786,279      $ 714,742      $ 708,199    $ 681,330      $ 752,592   $ 169,336     $ 206,898
Cost of products sold......    578,173        521,803        527,857      520,508        576,929     129,863       155,979
Selling and administrative
 expense...................    135,973        128,056        127,436      117,025        117,264      27,440        32,212
Restructuring charges and
 goodwill write-down (1)...     13,482          3,344          2,523        5,611         34,174         ---           ---
                             ---------      ---------      ---------    ---------      ---------   ---------     ---------
Operating profit...........     58,651         61,539         50,383       38,186         24,225      12,033        18,707
Interest expense...........     65,671         58,654         54,284       50,906         51,609      12,818        13,950
Interest and dividend
 income....................     (4,534)(5)     (2,728)(5)     (2,859)      (1,855)        (1,369)       (277)         (471)
Nonoperating (income)
 expense..................      (2,378)         5,186(6)         484        5,359(6)        (481)       (996)          (71)
                             ---------      ---------      ---------    ---------      ---------   ---------     ---------
Income (loss) from
 continuing operations
 before taxes on income,
 minority interest,
 extraordinary loss and
 accounting changes.......        (108)           427         (1,526)     (16,224)       (25,534)        488         5,299
Provision for income taxes.      8,536         10,530          9,040        6,542         10,888       1,988         3,489
                             ---------      ---------      ---------    ---------      ---------   ---------     ---------
Income (loss) from
 continuing operations
 before minority
 interest, extraordinary
 loss and accounting
 changes.................       (8,644)       (10,103)       (10,566)     (22,766)       (36,422)     (1,500)        1,810
Minority interest in net
 income of subsidiaries..        4,199          3,641          3,424        3,196          4,135         895         1,416
                             ---------      ---------      ---------    ---------      ---------   ---------     ---------
Income (loss) from
 continuing operations
 before extraordinary
 loss and accounting
 changes..................     (12,843)       (13,744)       (13,990)     (25,962)       (40,557)     (2,395)          394
Extraordinary loss on
 early extinguishment of
 debt (net of applicable
 income taxes)............         ---            ---         (7,567)         ---            ---         ---           ---
Cumulative effect of
 changes in accounting
 principles..............          ---            ---         (6,141)         ---           (194)       (194)(9)       ---
                             ---------      ---------      ---------    ---------      ---------   ---------     ---------
Income (loss) from
 continuing operations...      (12,843)       (13,744)       (27,698)     (25,962)       (40,751)     (2,589)          394
Income (loss) from
 discontinued
 operations..............       (8,908)           ---            ---          ---            ---         ---           ---
                             ---------      ---------      ---------    ---------      ---------   ---------     ---------
    Net income (loss)....    $ (21,751)     $ (13,744)     $ (27,698)   $ (25,962)     $ (40,751)  $  (2,589)    $     394
                             =========      =========      =========    =========      =========   =========     =========

Balance Sheet Data (at end
 of period):
Cash and cash
 equivalents.............    $  18,473      $  10,541      $  38,640    $  31,934      $  39,708   $  17,606     $  22,473
Working capital..........       70,020         61,347         92,789       73,869         67,619      73,275        71,826
Total assets.............      518,997        478,067        511,292      464,160        444,953     454,037       435,604
Total debt...............      494,615        471,441        450,801      443,135        442,451     442,150       447,594
Convertible Exchangeable
 Preferred
 Stock-Redeemable........          ---            ---         39,155       39,155         39,155      39,155        39,155
Total shareholders'
 equity (deficit)........     (226,808)      (239,465)      (232,718)    (259,767)      (296,435)   (261,624)(9)  (292,378)

Other Data:
Capital expenditures.....    $  14,249      $  13,472      $  24,588    $  14,540      $  15,485   $   3,675     $   3,051
                             =========      =========      =========    =========      =========   =========     =========
EBIT - Operating profit
 before restructuring
 charges and goodwill
 write-down (2)..........    $  72,133      $  64,883      $  52,906    $  43,797      $  58,399   $  12,033     $  18,707
Depreciation and
 amortization............       27,146         25,324         27,535       25,040         23,102       5,987         5,322
                             ---------      ---------      ---------    ---------      ---------   ---------     ---------
EBITDA (2)...............    $  99,279      $  90,207      $  80,441    $  68,837      $  81,501   $  18,020     $  24,029
                             =========      =========      =========    =========      =========   =========     =========

Ratio of earnings from
 continuing operations
 to fixed charges (3)....          ---            ---            ---          ---            ---         ---          1.21
Ratio of EBITDA to net
 interest expense........         1.60           1.61           1.56         1.40           1.62        1.44          1.78
Ratio of total debt to
 EBITDA..................         4.98           5.23           5.60         6.44           5.43        6.42(7)       5.11(7)
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Fiscal Year Ended               Three Months Ended
                                                     December 25, 1994                 April 2, 1995
                                                     -----------------               ------------------
                                                              (In thousands, except ratios)
<S>                                                  <C>                             <C>   
Unaudited Pro Forma Data (4):
 Net interest expense.............................       $ 53,939                          $13,904
 Net loss.........................................        (44,450)                             (31)
 Ratio of earnings from continuing operations to
   fixed charges (3)..............................            ---                             1.17
 Ratio of EBITDA to net interest expense..........           1.51                             1.73
 Ratio of total debt to EBITDA....................           5.48                             5.16(7)
 
</TABLE>


                 Notes to Selected Consolidated Financial Data

(1) Reflects restructuring charges in 1990, 1991, 1992 and 1993 and a charge for
    goodwill write-down in 1994.
(2) The Company has included information concerning EBIT and EBITDA because it
    believes that EBIT and EBITDA are used by certain investors as one measure
    of an issuer's historical ability to fund operations and meet its financial
    obligations and because EBIT and EBITDA are relevant to compliance with the
    covenants in the Credit Agreement and the Amended Credit Agreement.  See
    "Description of Certain Other Indebtedness--Amended Credit Agreement."  EBIT
    and EBITDA should not be considered by an investor as alternatives to, or
    more meaningful than, net income (loss) as indicators of the Company's
    results of operations or cash flows or as a measure of liquidity.
(3) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings from continuing operations
    to fixed charges, "earnings" includes pretax income from continuing
    operations adjusted for the minority interest in the pretax income of
    majority-owned subsidiaries and fixed charges.  "Fixed charges" consists of
    interest on all indebtedness (which includes the interest component of
    capitalized leases) and amortization of deferred financing costs.  Earnings
    were inadequate to cover fixed charges by deficiencies of $6.9 million, $5.0
    million, $7.2 million, $21.6 million and $32.3 million in the fiscal years
    ended December 30, 1990, December 29, 1991, December 27, 1992, December 26,
    1993 and December 25, 1994, respectively, and by a deficiency of $1.0
    million for the three months ended March 27, 1994.  On a pro forma basis,
    earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by a deficiency of $36.0
    million in the fiscal year ended December 25, 1994.
(4) Pro forma data includes the effects of (a) amortization of fees and expenses
    related to the Senior Notes and the Amended Credit Agreement, (b)
    elimination of the amortization of fees and expenses attributable to the
    loans under the Credit Agreement to be written off upon consummation of the
    Offering and (c) an increase in interest expense attributable to the Senior
    Notes.
(5) Includes $0.9 million and $0.2 million of dividend income for the fiscal
    years ended December 30, 1990 and December 29, 1991, respectively.
(6) Includes the effect of special non-operating charges of $6.0 million and
    $4.8 million in 1991 and 1993, respectively, relating to certain
    environmental matters.
(7) The ratio of total debt to EBITDA for these periods has been calculated
    using total debt at the end of the period divided by EBITDA for the four
    fiscal quarters ended at the end of such period.  EBITDA for the four fiscal
    quarters ended March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995 was $68.9 million and $87.5
    million, respectively.
(8) The first quarter of 1995 was a 14-week period, whereas the first quarter of
    1994 was a 13-week period.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
    Results of Operations and Financial Condition--Results of Operations for the
    First Quarter of 1994 and 1995."
(9) Reflects a charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 1994, retroactive to 
    the beginning of fiscal 1994, related to a change in method of accounting 
    for postretirement benefits.

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION


Results of Operations for the First Quarter of 1994 and 1995

    Net sales increased 22% to $206.9 million in the first quarter of 1995 from
$169.3 million in the first quarter of 1994, with improvements in both the
Engineered Materials and Handling/Packaging Systems segments.  The weakening of
the U.S. dollar against most foreign currencies added $4.8 million to net sales
compared with 1994.  Higher sales volumes boosted operating profit by 55% to
$18.7 million, compared with $12.0 million in the first quarter of 1994.  Net
income for the quarter was $0.4 million compared with a net loss of $2.6 million
for the 1994 quarter.  The first quarter of 1995 was a 14-week period, whereas
the first quarter of 1994 was a 13-week period, which partially accounts for the
higher sales, operating profit and interest costs.

First Quarter Net Sales and Operating Profit by Business Segment
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                          Net Sales                     Operating Profit
                               --------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                     Three Months Ended                 Three Months Ended
                                        (Unaudited)                       (Unaudited)
                               --------------------------------   -------------------------------
                               March 27, 1994     April 2, 1995    March 27, 1994   April 2, 1995
                                                        (In millions)
<S>                            <C>                <C>              <C>              <C>
 
Engineered Materials
  Hoeganaes.................         $ 35.7             $ 48.1
  Chem-tronics..............           12.5               16.7
                                     ------             ------
                                       48.2               64.8           $ 7.8          $10.8
 
Handling/Packaging Systems
  Handling..................           91.6              105.9
  Packaging.................           29.5               36.2
                                     ------             ------
                                      121.1              142.1             5.5            8.2
                                     ------             ------
Corporate Items.............                                              (1.3)          (0.3)
                                                                         -----          ----- 
 
Total Net Sales.............         $169.3             $206.9
                                     ======             ======
 
Total Operating Profit......                                             $12.0          $18.7
                                                                         =====          ===== 
</TABLE>

    Net sales of $64.8 million in the first quarter of 1995 in the Engineered
Materials segment, which includes Hoeganaes (metal powders for manufacturing
precision parts) and Chem-tronics (precision machined structures, complex
fabrications and jet engine component repairs), were up 34% from $48.2 million
in the first quarter of 1994.  The increase was primarily due to increased
tonnage of metal powders, along with higher selling prices at Hoeganaes and
higher fabrication sales at Chem-tronics.  For the first quarter of 1995,
Hoeganaes' metal powder sales increased 34% compared with the first quarter of
1994, setting a quarterly record in terms of both tonnage and revenues, due to
continued strong demand from the automotive industry.  This increase reflects,
in part, the continued increase in automotive usage of powder metal components.
Chem-tronics' first quarter net sales increased 34% compared with the 1994
period due to higher commercial fabrication shipments.

    Operating profit for the Engineered Materials segment increased 38% in the
first quarter of 1995.  Operating profit at Hoeganaes increased 49% for the
quarter, reflecting increased tonnage, higher selling prices and improved
manufacturing performance.  Operating profit for the quarter at Chem-tronics was
down 37%.  Excluding a one-time gain in the first quarter of 1994 from the
settlement of a real estate matter, Chem-tronics' operating profit increased 54%
in the 1995 period due to the higher volume of fabrication shipments and
improved margins in the aviation repair business resulting from cost controls,
increased productivity and a more favorable sales mix.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
    Order backlog in the Engineered Materials segment was $172.6 million at the
end of the first quarter of 1995, up from $80.6 million at the end of the first
quarter of 1994.  Hoeganaes' backlog, which is generally short-term, reached a
record level, up 141% from the end of the first quarter of 1994, reflecting the
continued strong demand from the automotive industry.  Chem-tronics' backlog
increased 101%, mainly due to new multi-year fabrication orders received during
the latter part of 1994 and early 1995 for commercial, military and space
applications.  All orders for Engineered Materials at April 2, 1995 were
believed to be firm, but approximately 32% of these orders are subject to
renegotiation.  Approximately 55% of these orders are expected to be delivered
during 1995.

    Net sales in the Handling/Packaging Systems segment increased 17% to $142.1
million in the first quarter of 1995 from $121.1 million in the first quarter of
1994, with improvements at both Handling and Packaging.  In the first quarter of
1995, Handling's net sales increased 10% (at the same exchange rates) from sales
in the comparable 1994 period, due to higher sales in all locations.  North
American net sales increased 6%, European net sales rose 12% and net sales in
the Asia Pacific region were up 20% from the year earlier period.  Packaging's
first quarter 1995 net sales increased 22% (at the same exchange rates) compared
with the first quarter of 1994, with all operations reporting improved net
sales.

    Operating profit for the Handling/Packaging Systems segment increased 50% in
the first quarter of 1995 from the comparable 1994 period.  Handling's operating
profit in the first quarter of 1995 increased 26% (at the same exchange rates)
compared with the first quarter of 1994.  Operating profit in North America in
the first quarter of 1995 increased 34% over the first quarter of 1994, as
higher volume and improved rack selling prices were partially offset by higher
steel costs.  Handling's European operating profit declined 2% in the first
quarter of 1995, despite higher sales in the U.K. and continental Europe due to
lower margins and higher pension expense.  Asia Pacific results improved over
1994 due to volume increases.  Operating profit at Packaging increased 40% in
the first quarter of 1995, due primarily to higher volume and increased selling
prices for steel strap and machines in Canada and the U.K.  LIFO inventory
liquidation benefits of $0.8 million in the first quarter of 1995 compared with
benefits of $0.5 million in the 1994 period.

    Order backlog in the Handling/Packaging Systems segment was $93.8 million at
the end of the first quarter of 1995, up from $76.7 million (at the same
exchange rates) at the end of the first quarter of 1994, due mainly to
significantly higher backlog at the North American Handling operation.  All
orders at April 2, 1995 were believed to be firm and are expected to be
delivered during 1995.

Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended 1992, 1993 and 1994

    Net sales were $752.6 million, $681.3 million and $708.2 million,
respectively, in 1994, 1993 and 1992.  Net sales in the Engineered Materials
segment were up $23.9 million in 1994 as shipments of metal powders reached
record levels on the continued strength of North American auto and light truck
production and the increased penetration by powder metallurgy in automotive
applications.  Handling/Packaging Systems' sales were up $47.4 million,
primarily as a result of a robust market for material handling equipment in the
U.S. and Asia Pacific markets, coupled with higher sales of strapping products
in the U.S. and Canada.  In 1993, in the Engineered Materials segment, improved
North American auto and light truck production led to a $9.0 million increase in
sales of metal powders by Hoeganaes which was offset by a $6.5 million decline
in Chem-tronics' sales.  Handling/Packaging Systems' sales declined in 1993 as
increased U.S. sales of material handling equipment were more than offset by
recessionary conditions in Continental Europe and the effects of a stronger U.S.
dollar.

    Operating income was $24.2 million, $38.2 million and $50.4 million,
respectively, in 1994, 1993 and 1992.  In 1994, operating income declined $14.0
million from 1993, reflecting a $34.2 million charge to write down goodwill
attributable to Chem-tronics' and Packaging's businesses.  Excluding the
goodwill charge in 1994 and the restructuring charges in 1993 and 1992,
operating income was $58.4 million, $43.8 million and $52.9 million in 1994,
1993 and 1992, respectively.  Based on a revised accounting policy for assessing
the valuation of long-lived assets and updated long-term projections for these
businesses as discussed in "--Long-Lived Assets" and in Note 2 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company determined that the goodwill
related to Chem-tronics and Packaging was impaired.  Record metal powder volume
at Hoeganaes, record Handling volumes in the U.S. and Asia Pacific, and improved
sales of packaging products primarily in the U.S. and Canada had a favorable
effect on 1994 operating results.  Restructuring charges of $5.6 million and
$2.5 million reduced operating income in 1993 and 1992, respectively, as
discussed in "--Restructuring Charges" and Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.  In 1993, operating income was $12.2 million lower than in
1992 reflecting the recessionary impact on volume and pricing in the
Handling/Packaging Systems segment in Continental Europe, a restructuring charge
of $5.6 million, lower shipments and weak conditions in the commercial

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
aerospace industry and higher scrap steel costs in Hoeganaes.  These declines
were partially offset by higher domestic Handling profits.

    From 1992 to 1994, Hoeganaes' shipments of metal powders increased 24% due
to growth in North American auto and light truck production and increased usage
of metal powders in automotive parts. At Chem-tronics, reduced U.S. defense
spending resulted in a decline in military sales of $3.8 million between 1992
and 1994. This decline in military fabrication sales was more than offset by a
$6.0 million increase in sales for commercial fabrication. In 1994, repair sales
were down $7.3 million from 1992 reflecting continued weak demand from the
airline industry. In Handling/Packaging Systems, despite a decline in sales in
1993 in most markets, 1994 sales exceeded those of 1992 in all markets other
than Continental Europe as demand for capital goods in most major economies
improved.

    Cost of sales as a percentage of sales was 77%, 76% and 75%, respectively,
in 1994, 1993 and 1992. The increase primarily reflects rising raw material
costs which were not fully recovered through price increases and cost
reductions. Although sales increased 10%, selling and administrative expenses in
1994 were held to 1993 levels. As a percentage of sales, selling and
administrative expenses were 16% in 1994, 17% in 1993 and 18% in 1992.

    The following business segment commentary reflects the 1994 goodwill write-
down and the 1993 and 1992 restructuring charges for each segment.  However, the
discussion of individual business unit results is presented before these charges
and allocation of general corporate expenses.  See Note 6 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on business segments.

Net Sales and Operating Profit by Business Segment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                  Net Sales                Operating Profit
                              ------------------------  -------------------------- 
                              1992    1993    1994      1992     1993     1994
                                             (In millions)
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>      <C>
Engineered Materials
 Hoeganaes..................  $122.5  $131.5    $153.9
 Chem-tronics...............    67.5    61.0      62.5
                              ------  ------    ------
                               190.0   192.5     216.4    $ 29.6    $26.3   $ 32.3
 Goodwill Write-Down........                                ---       ---    (13.2)
 Restructuring Charges......                                ---      (1.8)     ---
                              ------  ------    ------    ------    ------  ------
                               190.0   192.5     216.4      29.6     24.5     19.1
Handling/Packaging Systems
 Handling...................   395.3   366.7     406.0
 Packaging..................   122.9   122.1     130.2
                              ------  ------    ------
                               518.2   488.8     536.2      24.0     19.1     28.1
 Goodwill Write-Down........                                 ---      ---    (21.0)
 Restructuring Charges......                                (2.5)    (3.8)     ---
                              ------  ------    ------    ------    ------  ------
                               518.2   488.8     536.2      21.5     15.3      7.1
                               ------  ------    ------
 
Corporate Items...........                                  (0.7)    (1.6)    (2.0)
                                                          ------    ------  ------ 
Total Net Sales.............  $708.2  $681.3    $752.6
                              ======  ======    ======
Total Operating Profit......                              $ 50.4    $38.2   $ 24.2
                                                          ======    =====   ======
 
</TABLE>

 Engineered Materials

    Sales increased 12% in 1994 in the Engineered Materials segment reflecting
record shipments of metal powders, which were up 17% from 1993, as a result of
continued growth in North American auto and light truck production, increased
penetration by powder metallurgy in automotive applications and higher selling
prices.  Chem-tronics' sales were up slightly as higher commercial fabrication
shipments were substantially offset by lower repair and defense business.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
    Chem-tronics' defense-related business represented approximately 33%, 39%
and 36% of its sales in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively. Defense-related sales
as a percent of the Company's consolidated sales were approximately 3% in each
of the last three years. In anticipation of a long-term slowdown in military
procurement, Chem-tronics has developed and executed a strategy of increasing
its fabrication business' penetration of the commercial and space sectors.
Although Chem-tronics has experienced a 71% increase in sales to the commercial
sector from 1990 to 1994, margins in this area are generally lower than margins
on military business, particularly in light of weak conditions in commercial
aviation which have led to competitive pricing pressure. Weak demand in the
airline industry also had a negative impact on repair volumes with sales
declining 24% in 1994 after an 11% drop in 1993.

    Operating profit for the segment fell 22% in 1994 as a result of the write-
down of goodwill as discussed in "--Long-Lived Assets" and in Note 2 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.  Excluding the effect of the goodwill charge
and the $1.8 million restructuring charge in 1993, operating profit increased
23% over 1993.  Hoeganaes' operating profit was up 20% primarily reflecting the
record volume.  Scrap steel costs increased 18% from 1993, about half of which
was recovered with higher selling prices.  Operating profit was up 27% at Chem-
tronics due to a one-time gain from settlement of a real estate matter (see "--
Nonoperating Items") and slightly improved margins in the aviation repair
business.

    In 1993, segment sales increased 1% over 1992. Metal powder shipments were
up 8% in 1993 on higher North American automobile and light truck production.
Chem-tronics' sales declined 10% in 1993 due to the slowdown in military
procurement and the weak conditions in the airline industry.

    Operating profit for the segment fell 17% in 1993. Excluding the $1.8
million of restructuring charges, segment operating profit fell 11% in 1993.
Hoeganaes' operating profit fell 3% despite the higher metal powder volume as
higher scrap steel costs and other manufacturing costs more than offset the
benefits of higher volume. Scrap steel costs increased 20% in 1993, only a small
portion of which was recovered with higher selling prices. Chem-tronics'
operating profit was 37% lower in 1993 than in 1992. In addition to the volume
shortfall noted above, depressed conditions in the commercial aerospace and
airline industries led to excess capacity resulting in increased price
competition. Results in 1993 were also unfavorably affected by high initial
costs related to the early production stages of new non-defense business.

    The Engineered Materials segment's order backlog at year-end 1994 was $148.4
million, double the year-end 1993 balance of $73.6 million.  Hoeganaes' backlog,
which is generally short-term in nature, was up 51% to a near record level.
Chem-tronics' backlog increased 127% from unusually low levels in 1993 due
mainly to new, multi-year fabrication orders received for commercial, military
and space applications.

 Handling/Packaging Systems

    Total segment sales in 1994 were up 10% above 1993. Handling sales increased
11% from the prior year. Demand for material handling products in the U.S.
continued to be strong, resulting in record volumes, increased pricing and a 14%
increase in sales. Strong Australian and Pacific Rim demand, together with sales
of the newly acquired Hong Kong distributor, led to a 52% increase in Asia
Pacific sales to record levels. European Handling sales were up slightly as
improvements in the U.K. were offset by the effects of a slow economy in
Continental Europe. Packaging sales were up 7% with higher sales in all
locations, especially in Canada where, on a local currency basis, sales were up
13% on strong domestic and export demand.

    Segment operating profit fell 54% to $7.1 million due to the $21.0 million
write-down of the goodwill related to the Packaging unit as discussed in "--
Long-Lived Assets" and in Note 2 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Excluding the effects of the goodwill write-down and the $3.8 million
restructuring charge in 1993, operating profit was up 47%.  U.S. Handling
profits were up 43% reflecting the record volumes and better pricing which were
partially offset by an 11% increase in steel costs.  The improved volume at
Handling Asia Pacific returned that unit to profitability and was a significant
contributor to the increase in segment income.

    Operating profit for the European Handling business was up 18% as higher
volume in the U.K. and cost savings throughout Europe were partially offset by
lower volume and pricing in Continental Europe and higher steel costs in the
U.K.  Despite a decline in operating profit in the newspaper-related business,
Packaging operating profit was up 25%, due primarily to higher strapping volume
and selling price and LIFO inventory liquidation benefits in Canada and the U.K.

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
    In 1993, Handling/Packaging Systems' sales were down 6% from 1992.  Domestic
Handling sales were up 17% as the market for material handling equipment in the
U.S. showed substantial improvement during the year.  However, this increase was
more than offset by a decline in Continental Europe and the unfavorable effects
of the stronger dollar.  Recessionary conditions in Continental Europe,
especially Germany, resulted in lower volume and pricing levels, leading to a
sales decline of 21% for the European Handling unit overall.  Packaging sales
fell by 1% during the year.

    Segment operating profit in 1993 was 29% below 1992.  Handling profit fell
20%, as improved domestic volume and cost reduction efforts throughout the group
were not enough to offset the recessionary impact of lower volume and pricing on
the European operations and the effect of a stronger dollar.  Packaging
operating profit was 10% lower than the prior year as improved strapping and
machine volume in North America was more than offset by lower stitching product
volume and the effect of a stronger dollar.

    Handling/Packaging Systems ended 1994 with an order backlog of $93.1
million, up from $74.0 million at the end of 1993 (at the same exchange rates),
due mainly to improved order rates at all Handling operations. Order intake at
U.S. Handling reached a record level in 1994.

Restructuring Charges

    In 1993, the Company provided $5.6 million for restructuring costs related
to: the exit from certain lines of businesses that were part of Handling North
America; reorganization and downsizing of portions of the European Handling
operation; and, in Chem-tronics' business, the abandonment of certain product
lines which resulted in idled equipment and the provision for severance costs
related to a downsizing of the Aviation Repair workforce. The $5.6 million
consisted of $1.7 million in severance costs, $1.5 million of idled equipment
written down to fair market value, $1.4 million of inventory related to the
exited businesses and $1.0 million of other costs. Quantification of the effects
of the restructuring on future operating results is not practical because some
of the actions were taken to avoid future costs while other actions were
strategic in nature and implemented to limit exposure to changing market
dynamics. These restructuring activities are substantially complete and the
remaining reserves are immaterial.

    In 1992, the Company recorded $2.5 million of additional costs related to
unfavorable adjustments on assets held for sale as part of an asset sale program
adopted as part of the 1989 Restructuring Program which modified its strategic
operating plan.  The modified strategic operating plan identified certain
businesses and corporate assets to be disposed of and implemented significant
corporate cost reductions.  Most of the designated businesses were sold or shut
down in 1990.  The 1992 adjustment reflected the decline in value of two parcels
of real estate held for sale, both of which were former Handling operations
sites.

Long-Lived Assets

    Prior to the fourth quarter of 1994, impairment with respect to the
Company's assets was determined by comparing the sum of the undiscounted
projected future cash flows attributable to each business to the carrying value
of the assets of that business. In the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company
concluded that, in the light of its highly leveraged capital structure, a
preferable accounting policy for analyzing the valuation of long-lived assets
would be to reflect its cost of capital in computing the present value of the
expected cash flows of its businesses. In addition, the long-term cash flow
projections were updated to reflect current information. Applying this new
policy to all of its long-lived assets, the Company determined that, with
respect to Packaging's newspaper-related businesses and Chem-tronics, in light
of the significant deterioration in business climates in the newspaper and
aerospace industries over recent years, the values of the discounted cash flows
were insufficient to recover the carrying value of the long-lived assets.
Therefore, the goodwill component of those assets was deemed to be impaired. As
a result, a charge of $34.2 million was taken for the write-down of goodwill
established in connection with the acquisitions of Packaging's newspaper-related
businesses and Chem-tronics. As of December 25, 1994, the remaining net
investment in these businesses was approximately equal to the value of the
discounted projected cash flows attributable to them, and consisted primarily of
tangible assets. The Company intends to continue to annually assess the carrying
value of its long-lived assets using the analysis described above. See Note 2 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
Interest Expense

    The Company has a highly leveraged capital structure with substantial net
interest expense of $50.2 million, $49.1 million and $51.4 million in 1994, 1993
and 1992, respectively.  In 1994, the increase in net interest expense was
caused primarily by higher rates on amounts outstanding under the Credit
Agreement.  The decline in 1993 was largely the result of lower average
outstanding borrowings.  The Company has long-term interest rate agreements as
required under the Credit Agreement, which effectively provided fixed rates of
interest on 57% of the obligations thereunder at the end of 1994, all of which
bore interest at floating rates.

Nonoperating Items

    The Company has certain income and expenses which are not related to its
ongoing operations.  In 1994, these items included a $1.1 million one-time gain
for settlement of a real estate matter with a local transportation authority at
Chem-tronics.  In 1993, a charge of $4.8 million was recorded for anticipated
costs for environmental matters as discussed below and in Note 15 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.  Ongoing postretirement expenses attributable
to disposed or discontinued operations are also shown as nonoperating items.

    The Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party in
connection with the investigation and remediation of a site in Duluth,
Minnesota.  Based on the Company's current estimates of its potential
liabilities related to the site, the Company believes that this matter is
unlikely to have a material adverse effect on the Company's liquidity, results
of operations or consolidated financial condition.  However, the Company's
current estimate of its potential environmental liabilities at this site is
subject to considerable uncertainty related to both the clean-up of certain
contaminated soils at the site, as well as the possible remediation of certain
underwater sediments.  See "Risk Factors--Environmental Matters" and Note 15 of
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

    The Company is a defendant in an action in federal district court in Toledo,
Ohio, in which the City of Toledo alleges various claims in connection with the
alleged contamination of a 1.7 acre parcel of land (the "right-of-way") owned by
the City of Toledo and an adjacent piece of land which formerly was the site of
a coke plant and related by-products facilities.  The City of Toledo is seeking
an order compelling the defendants to perform a remedy of the right-of-way which
it asserts would cost approximately $4.0 million.  The Company believes the
right-of-way could be remedied for much less, although remediation of the entire
site, if it were required, could cost more.  The Company also believes it is
entitled to indemnification by one of the other defendants in the matter, Beazer
Materials and Services Inc., under the terms of a 1978 sale agreement.  The
Company has brought an indemnification cross-claim against Beazer which may be
decided on motions for summary judgment in 1995.  See Note 16 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Hoeganaes is a defendant in a recently-filed action in federal district
court in Trenton, New Jersey, brought by a subsidiary of Waste Management
International Plc. The plaintiff is seeking to recover from Hoeganaes and
numerous other defendants amounts expended or to be expended in the remediation
of a broadly-defined Superfund site which encompasses a landfill formerly
operated by the plaintiff and may also include the groundwater under Hoeganaes'
Riverton, New Jersey facility. Based on its preliminary investigation, the
Company does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on
its liquidity, results of operations or consolidated financial condition.

    In May 1994, the Company instituted an action seeking a declaratory judgment
against and recoveries from insurers in connection with environmental claims
under policies covering nearly 30 years.  The parties are in discovery and trial
is tentatively set for October 1996.

Provision for Income Taxes

    In 1993 and 1992, high levels of interest expense resulted in losses for
U.S. federal tax purposes. Because most of the interest expense is borne in the
United States at the parent company level, the Company had taxable income in
foreign and state jurisdictions despite the high levels of consolidated interest
expense. Foreign taxes paid did not result in a benefit in the U.S. and, as a
result, the Company had tax expense in 1994, 1993 and 1992, notwithstanding
consolidated pretax losses in each of those years.

    In 1994, a small amount of domestic taxable income was generated as the
write-down of goodwill in 1994 did not increase the deduction allowable for tax
purposes. This taxable income was offset with the carryforward of prior year

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
losses.  The Company also provided additional amounts related to open federal
tax returns for the years 1982 through 1990.  In addition, in 1994 the Company
had a small amount of income subject to Alternative Minimum Tax (AMT) in the
U.S. because of certain restrictions on the amount of net operating loss that
can be carried forward for purposes of calculating that tax.

    At the end of 1994, the Company's U.S. federal income tax returns for the
years 1988 through 1990 were in the process of examination.  Resolution of tax
years 1982 through 1984 is pending at the U.S. Tax Court following receipt in
1994 by the Company of a statutory notice of deficiency for these years of $17.0
million plus interest and penalties.  Resolution of tax years 1985 through 1987
is pending at the Appeals Division of the Internal Revenue Service.  The Company
believes that its positions with respect to the contested matters for these
years are strong, and that adequate provision has been made for the possible
assessments of additional taxes and interest.  However, there can be no
assurance that federal income tax issues for the years 1982 through 1990 will be
resolved in accordance with the Company's expectations or, alternatively, that
these issues could be settled for either more or less than what has been
provided by the Company.

    In 1992, the Company adopted a new method of accounting for income taxes.
See "--Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes" and Note 4 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Extraordinary Loss

    In 1992, as part of the 1992 Financing, the Company redeemed its increasing
rate notes and negotiated the Credit Agreement.  These actions necessitated the
write-off of related deferred debt issuance costs amounting to $7.6 million
without any net tax benefit in 1992.

Cumulative Effect of Accounting Changes

    In 1992, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board's
Statements of Financial Accounting Standards ("FAS") No. 106 "Employers'
Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" and No. 109
"Accounting for Income Taxes."  The Company's foreign operations adopted FAS No.
106 in 1994.  The cumulative effects of these adoptions were recognized in 1992
and 1994, respectively, as of the beginning of the year.  The adoption of FAS
No. 106 resulted in a charge of $9.3 million (net of taxes) in 1992 and $0.2
million in 1994, while the adoption of FAS No. 109 resulted in a credit of $3.1
million.  See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Cash Flow.  Cash used by operating activities was $19.1 million in the first
quarter of 1995 compared to $10.1 million in the first quarter of 1994, as
working capital required the use of $24.8 million in 1995 compared to $12.0
million in 1994.  Working capital needs were significantly higher in the first
quarter of 1995 due to the timing of interest payments and a lower level of 
payables.

    Cash provided by operating activities was $21.9 million and $8.0 million in
the fiscal years 1994 and 1993, respectively, while operating activities used
cash of $7.2 million in fiscal year 1992.  Cash provided by operating activities
was up in 1994 from 1993 primarily as a result of higher operating earnings
before the $34.2 million goodwill charge which did not affect cash.  Working
capital needs were $6.5 million in 1994 compared to an inflow of $5.8 million in
1993 which resulted from the decline in net sales in 1993.  In 1994, other
operating adjustments reflect the movement of certain expected tax liabilities
from current to long-term.  Excluding debt issuance costs related to the 1992
Financing, cash inflows provided by operating activities were $4.8 million in
1992.

    Cash used by investing activities was $3.0 million in the first quarter of
1995 compared to $3.5 million in the first quarter of 1994, primarily due to
lower capital expenditures, which were $3.1 million during the first quarter of
1995 compared to $3.7 million during the prior year period.  The Company
anticipates that 1995 capital spending will be approximately $20.0 million.
Capital expenditures were $15.5 million, $14.5 million and $24.6 million in
fiscal years 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively, including capital expenditures
for expansion projects totalling $4.1 million, $6.1 million and $8.8 million,
respectively, in 1994, 1993 and 1992.  Expansion spending in 1994 and 1993
included the addition of two annealing furnaces to expand capacity at the
Hoeganaes operation and, in 1993, a new production line for polyester strapping
at Packaging.  Expansion spending in 1992 included the implementation of
advanced manufacturing techniques

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
to further enhance the quality of Hoeganaes' atomized metal powders and the
establishment of Chem-tronics' new Tulsa facility for repair of jet engine fan
blades.  Management believes that capital expenditures have been adequate to
properly maintain the Company's businesses and provide for anticipated growth
opportunities.

    Cash provided by financing activities was $5.6 million in the first quarter
of 1995, mainly due to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Cash provided by
financing activities was $0.7 million in fiscal year 1994 and $67.5 million in
1992. The 1992 cash provided by financing activities resulted from
implementation of the 1992 Financing. The cash used by financing activities of
$1.3 million in 1993 resulted primarily from scheduled amortization of long-term
debt.

    Capital Resources.  The Company's total debt at the end of the first quarter
of 1995 was $447.6 million, up $5.1 million from December 25, 1994.  The year-
end 1994 total debt was down $0.7 million from year-end 1993.  Cash totaled
$22.5 million at the end of the first quarter of 1995, compared with $39.7
million at the end of 1994, reflecting increased working capital requirements.
The total cash and cash equivalents at the end of 1994 was up $7.8 million from
year-end 1993.  During 1995, the Company will have long-term debt amortization
requirements of $24.6 million, including $5.8 million of amortization payments
under the Credit Agreement made in the first quarter of 1995.  Based on current
levels of performance, and the availability of additional revolver borrowings
under the Credit Agreement, the Company believes that it will have adequate
liquidity to meet its debt amortization and operating requirements in 1995.
Under the Credit Agreement, the Company will be able to borrow under its
revolving facility up to an additional $34.0 million over the amount of
revolving indebtedness outstanding at April 2, 1995.  However, outstanding
revolver borrowings at the end of each of the Company's three remaining 1995
fiscal quarters will be limited to between $7.0 million and $19.0 million above
the amount of revolving indebtedness at April 2, 1995.  In addition, the Company
will have up to $5.8 million of deferred term loan availability during the year
for amounts that may be incurred in connection with certain environmental
matters.

    In the first quarter of 1995, the Company completed an amendment of certain
covenants under the Credit Agreement.  Although there can be no assurances,
based on current levels of performance, the Company believes it will be able to
comply with all Credit Agreement covenants in 1995.  In 1996, the Company has
long-term debt amortization requirements of $88.8 million under the Credit
Agreement and, potentially, significant payments related to tax matters (see "--
Provision for Income Taxes") which it does not expect to be able to meet from
operating cash flow.

    Giving effect to the Offering, the Loan Repayments and the Amended Credit
Agreement, as of April 2, 1995, the Company would have had available credit
facilities under the Amended Credit Agreement of $175.4 million, of which $46.7
million would have been unutilized, including $5.8 million available only to pay
certain potential environmental liabilities.  In addition, the Company would
have had approximately $22.5 million of cash available for general corporate
purposes.  As a result of the Offering and the revised amortization schedule
under the Amended Credit Agreement, $195.3 million of indebtedness which would
have matured in 1995 through 1998 under the Credit Agreement, including $171.4
million which would have matured in 1996 and 1997, will be extended to 1999
through 2001.  Assuming the consummation of the Offering and the effectiveness 
of the Amended Credit Agreement, the Company believes it will have sufficient
liquidity through 1996 and expects that it will be able to meet all financial
covenants under the Amended Credit Agreement.  The consummation of the Offering
and the effectiveness of the Amended Credit Agreement are contingent upon each
other.

Foreign Operations

    The Company does business in a number of foreign countries, mainly through
its Handling/Packaging Systems segment. The results of these operations are
initially measured in local currencies, principally in British pounds, German
marks, Canadian dollars and Australian dollars, and then translated into U.S.
dollars at applicable exchange rates. The reported results of these operations
are sensitive to changes in applicable foreign exchange rates which could have a
material effect on the Company's results of operations. In the first quarter of
1995 and in fiscal 1994, the dollar was somewhat weaker against most currencies,
which had a favorable impact on sales of $4.8 million and $5.2 million,
respectively, but an insignificant impact on operating income in both periods.
In 1993, the dollar was generally stronger against most European currencies than
in 1992, resulting in a negative impact on sales of $35.7 million and on
operating income of $2.4 million. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange
rates in 1992 had very little effect on sales and operating profit. See "Risk
Factors--Potential Adverse Effects of Fluctuations in Foreign Currency." For
additional information about the Company's operations by geographic area, see
Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
Effects of Inflation

    The impact of inflation on the Company in recent years has not been
material, and it is not expected to have a significant effect in the foreseeable
future.

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS

General

    The Company is a multinational corporation engaged in the design,
manufacture and sale or distribution of value-added metal and related products
in the automotive, materials handling, packaging and aerospace industries. The
Company's operations are divided into two segments: Engineered Materials and
Handling/Packaging Systems. The Company's operations include:

  Engineered Materials
  --------------------

  .    Hoeganaes, which produces ferrous metal powder used to manufacture
       precision parts; and

  .    Chem-tronics, which manufactures precision jet engine components and
       repairs jet engine fan blades.

  Handling/Packaging Systems
  --------------------------

  .    Handling, which designs, manufactures and sells storage rack, shelving
       and related equipment; and

  .    Packaging, which designs and sells machinery for applying strapping
       and stitching wire, and supplies strapping and stitching wire for use
       in these machines.

    The Company has leading market shares in all of its businesses and believes
they enjoy a reputation for high quality products and superior customer service.
The Company has implemented programs to reduce costs, improve productivity,
improve customer service and support, and seek growth opportunities through
geographic expansions and new product development.  The Company expects that its
leading market positions, together with its business initiatives, will enable it
to continue to take advantage of U.S. economic trends and the economic
improvements in other markets throughout the world.

    Although the Company's businesses are cyclical in nature, the Company's
operating results have historically lagged behind improvements in the general
economy, and its earnings downturns have also come later than those of the
general economy.  This is largely due to many of Handling's customers waiting to
implement long-term capital projects until a recovery is well established.  The
Company expects this lagging relationship to continue.

    The Company expects its operating results to benefit from the recovery of
the European economies, which accounted for approximately 28% of the Company's
revenues in 1994.  In addition, the Company anticipates that future results will
be enhanced by certain positive trends in its businesses, including the
increased use of powder metallurgy in the manufacture of automobile parts and
Handling's continuing penetration of growing Pacific Rim markets.

Hoeganaes

    General.  Hoeganaes is the North American market and technology leader in
the production of ferrous (iron-based) metal powders.  Ferrous metal powder is
used by customers primarily to manufacture precision parts for automobiles,
light trucks, farm and garden equipment, heavy construction equipment, hand
tools and appliances.  Precision parts produced using powdered metal technology
have certain cost and design advantages over parts produced using conventional
techniques such as forging, casting, stamping or machining, as they may be
manufactured with less wasted raw material, lower labor costs and little or no
additional machining.

    The automotive industry is the largest market for Hoeganaes' products.
Average usage of ferrous metal powder per vehicle has increased from 18 pounds
in 1986 to 30 pounds in 1994 due to new applications (for example, anti-lock
brakes, connecting rods and bearing end caps) as well as increased demand for
vehicles in the light truck category (including sport utility vehicles), which
use greater amounts of ferrous metal powder per vehicle.

    Hoeganaes shipped record tonnage in 1994, as sales increased 17% to $153.9
million from $131.5 million in 1993, due mainly to continued strong demand from
the automotive industry.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
    Strategy.  Hoeganaes' status as the North American market leader is based
on its broad product range and new product development coupled with cost-
efficient manufacturing processes producing a high quality metal powder.
Hoeganaes' strategy is to commercially develop new powder metal products,
manufacturing processes and applications, thereby promoting the increased use of
powder metallurgy generally and establishing Hoeganaes as the sole source for
its proprietary products.  This strategy is based on the Company's ongoing
research and development efforts, in which Hoeganaes representatives work
closely with customers to advance the performance characteristics achievable
through powder metallurgy.

    Markets.  The North American market for ferrous metal powders can be
divided into two segments:  structural parts (metal powder to be compressed into
solid parts) and non-structured applications (powders principally used in
welding, chemicals and photocopying).

    Uses for structural parts comprise an estimated 80% of the North American
market for ferrous metal powders.  Approximately 65% of Hoeganaes' sales are for
automotive applications, which include components for transmissions, engines and
suspension systems.  For automobile applications, Hoeganaes generally supplies
metal powder to component manufacturers as opposed to directly supplying vehicle
manufacturers.

    The non-structural market for ferrous metal powders generally consists of
applications in welding, chemicals, friction applications such as brake pads and
linings, and for use as a carrier agent for photocopier toner.  Ferrous metal
powders are also used by pharmaceutical companies as catalysts in blood thinning
agents and for use in nutritional iron supplements.

    Customers.  Although approximately 65% of Hoeganaes' product shipments are
ultimately used in automobiles and other light vehicles, Hoeganaes' customers
generally are not the auto manufacturers, but rather intermediary parts
fabricators.  In recent years, there has been increasing consolidation among the
powder metal parts manufacturers; however, no single customer accounted for more
than 2% of the Company's net sales in 1994.  Sales are made by Hoeganaes' direct
sales force.

    Products.  The Company believes that Hoeganaes currently has the broadest
product line of all ferrous metal powder producers.  It is also a leader in the
research and development of advanced proprietary powders and processes.
Hoeganaes' patented ANCORBOND(R) and ANCORDENSE(TM) blend technologies, for
example, allow the formulation of press-ready mixes that result in more
consistent metallurgical properties in finished parts with increased part
strength and density while also increasing press productivity for parts
fabricators.

    To achieve specific performance objectives, powder metal parts producers
require steel powder mixed with various alloying constituents such as copper,
nickel or graphite plus other additives.  In addition to producing conventional
mixes, Hoeganaes offers customers the unique advantages of ANCORBOND premixes
produced with a proprietary mixing process.  With ANCORBOND premixes, additives
are bonded directly to the steel particles, resulting in more consistent
metallurgical properties and improved manufacturing productivity.

    Based on its ANCORBOND premix technology, in 1994 Hoeganaes introduced the
new, patented ANCORDENSE process that maintains its technological leadership and
will lead to new parts applications.  The ANCORDENSE process uses heat
throughout the part-forming operation.  The combination of special, bonded
premixed powders and warm compaction enables fabricators to produce parts with
properties that previously could be obtained only through more expensive
processes.  Several pilot parts programs using the ANCORDENSE process are
currently under way.

    Production.  Hoeganaes has two basic production processes.  The first
process is atomizing, which converts selected scrap steel into powders through
the use of an electric furnace steel making and water atomization system.
Hoeganaes has the two largest atomizing plants in North America.  The second
process is direct reduction which converts high purity iron ore into a unique,
highly porous metal powder.  Hoeganaes has the only direct reduction process
facility in North America.  Hoeganaes also formulates these powders into press-
ready mixes for its customers.  In 1994, Hoeganaes added annealing capacity at
both of its atomizing plants.

    Minority Interest.  The Company owns 80% of the capital stock of Hoeganaes.
The remaining 20% is owned by Hoganas AB, a Swedish corporation.  Agreements
between the owners of Hoeganaes define the structure of the

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
Hoeganaes board of directors, grant to each party a right of first refusal with
respect to a proposed sale of Hoeganaes stock and provide for technology
exchanges and tax sharing arrangements.

Chem-tronics

    General.  Chem-tronics is a leading producer of lightweight, fabricated
products for commercial and military aerospace applications, and also provides
jet engine fan blade repair services.  Chem-tronics offers its customers a
vertically integrated facility, thereby eliminating the need for numerous
subcontractors for a single component.  Chem-tronics' principal products are
sold directly to engine manufacturers under arrangements which generally
establish Chem-tronics as the sole source of supply.

    Chem-tronics' sales increased 2.5% in 1994 to $62.5 million from $61.0
million in 1993, primarily on the strength of increased fabrication sales for
commercial and space programs.

    Strategy.  Responding to the decline of the defense industry, Chem-tronics'
strategy during the 1990's has been to diversify and realign its fabrication
business by reducing the dependence on a declining military business through
expansion of the commercial and space segments.  Commercial and space programs
have substantially offset declining military business and represented 67% of
Chem-tronics' sales in 1994, up from 22% in 1986.  At the end of the first
quarter of 1995, Chem-tronics had a backlog of over $100 million of fabrication
orders, including significant multi-year agreements with General Electric, Pratt
& Whitney, Rolls-Royce and Allison.

    Products and Customers.  Chem-tronics' fabricated products include rings,
cases and modules for large commercial aircraft jet engines, ducts for military
jet engines, exhaust nozzles and structures for jet engines and space launch
vehicles, and other complex fabrications for a variety of aerospace
applications.  The primary fabrication customers are the original equipment
manufacturers ("OEMs") of jet aircraft and engines.  The Company believes that
its sales have benefitted, and will continue to benefit, from the trend toward
outsourcing by OEMs.

    Production Processes.  The primary processes used in the fabrication
businesses are chemical milling, welding, forming, machining, non-destructive
testing and inspection.  Chem-tronics uses a patented Unistructure(R)
technology, a chemical milling process which produces integral rib and skin
structures that are both stiff and lightweight. Unistructure components have
significant cost and performance advantages over other fabrication methods.

    Repair.  In addition to its fabrication business, Chem-tronics provides
comprehensive repair services for jet engine fan and compressor blades, discs
and combustion liners.  Repair services are sold directly and through sales
agents.  Repair customers include all major jet engine manufacturers, major
domestic and international airlines and engine overhaul centers.

Handling

    General.  Handling designs, manufactures and sells storage rack, shelving,
conveyors and related equipment for use in warehouses, distribution centers,
retail stores and for other storage applications.  Handling also supplies
equipment for retail display and office interiors.

    The Company believes Handling is the world's largest manufacturer of
storage rack, with the largest market share in the U.S., the U.K., Belgium and
Australia and the second largest market share in Germany.  Its customers are
primarily engaged in the retailing and wholesaling of food and consumer durables
and non-durables and industrial products.  Handling's rack systems are used in
warehouse and distribution applications ranging from simple pallet storage to
sophisticated warehouse systems and warehouse-type retail store environments.

    Handling's direct sales and distribution networks allow it to satisfy the
needs of large customers and projects, as well as smaller, geographically
distant customers.  Handling's design capabilities and large manufacturing
capacity enable it to undertake large scale projects for many of the largest
retailers in the United States.  In addition, its large size allows it to
realize significant economies of scale in product development, design and
manufacturing.

    Driven by stronger demand in North America, the U.K. and Australia, and
expansion into the Asia Pacific market, Handling's 1994 sales increased 11% to
$406.0 million from $366.7 million in 1993.

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
     Strategy.  Handling's strategy is to enhance its position of market
leadership by continuously improving product quality, manufacturing efficiency
and customer service and support, while exploiting opportunities for geographic
and new product growth.  In 1994, the acquisition of a Hong Kong company
expanded sales coverage in the rapidly growing Northeast Asia marketplace, and a
sales office was established in the Czech Republic to continue development of
the emerging eastern European market.  Planned product introductions in 1995
include a direct-drive lineshaft conveyor, new pick-to-light interface and
software products for order fulfillment applications, and a redesigned
industrial shelving range.  The new pick-to-light product is intended to further
Handling's position in the growing area of paperless warehousing and
distribution applications.

     Products.  Handling's primary product is storage rack which is used for
storing unit loads in distribution centers, warehouse facilities, retail stores
and factory shipping and receiving departments.  Storage rack can be assembled
in a variety of configurations depending on individual customer needs.  Handling
offers a broad range of products, including products that allow for FIFO and
LIFO storage and retrieval, for the storage of bulky, awkwardly shaped items
(lumber, carpet rolls, furniture, etc.) and for the storage and retrieval of
very heavy items.

     Handling also sells conveyors and conveyor systems which range from simple
gravity conveyors to complex belt and chain powered conveyors.  In Europe and
Australia, Handling manufactures and sells angle and shelving and office storage
equipment and, in Europe, partitioning for offices.

     Product Development, Design and Manufacturing.  In addition to competing on
the basis of cost and quality, Handling utilizes proprietary software, computer
aided design applications and its in-house structural engineering staff to
design the optimal solution for each customer's storage requirements.
Furthermore, extensive technical training for its sales staff and for third-
party distributors allows for a better assessment of customer needs.  Handling's
design software is also used to generate detailed bills of material which
automatically specify the size, type and quantity of all components to be used
in the project, streamlining the selling, design and manufacturing processes.

     Handling's facilities generally purchase steel coils and then form, finish
and paint the steel for various storage applications.  Steel comprises
approximately 60% to 70% of production cost.  Handling believes it is a low cost
producer and continuing emphasis is placed on overhead and manufacturing cost
control and the efficient utilization of raw materials.

     Sales and Distribution.  The Company believes that Handling's domestic and
international direct sales force and extensive distributor network give it a
significant competitive advantage.  Domestically, Handling is represented by a
network of over 180 distributors and a direct sales force.  In the U.K.,
Handling utilizes an independent distributor network, wholly-owned distribution
centers and a direct sales force, while in Germany, Handling conducts its sales
efforts exclusively through a  direct sales force and wholly-owned distribution
centers.  Handling believes that its direct sales force allows it to satisfy the
complex needs of large customers and applications, while its extensive
distributor network allows it to reach smaller, geographically distant
customers.  Handling has pursued geographic expansion by purchasing a
distributor in Hong Kong to improve sales coverage in the rapidly growing
Northeast Asia market places and establishing a sales office in the Czech
Republic.  In Europe and Asia Pacific, Handling operates under the Dexion name,
which is well recognized in those markets and provides Handling with certain
marketing advantages.

Packaging

     General.  The Company's Packaging business is one of the leading North
American and European suppliers of steel and plastic strap and the machinery and
tools to apply this strap.  Packaging also manufactures and distributes wire and
stitching equipment.  Packaging's sales increased 7% to $130.2 million in 1994
compared with $122.1 million in 1993.

     Strategy.  Packaging serves industries which are highly cyclical, and thus
over recent years has concentrated on continually lowering fixed costs and
improving production efficiencies to enable it to maintain profitability even
during economic downturns.  Its growth strategy is based on successfully
anticipating and meeting the changing needs of its customers through product
development.

     In the near-term, a key growth area for plastic strapping is the conversion
of the fiber and lumber industries from steel to plastic strap.  Packaging's
research and development efforts have been focused on developing the high-
strength polyester strap these applications require.  In 1994, a large acrylic
fibers plant in Alabama was successfully converted to

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
polyester strap, and other customers are targeted for conversion.  Also in 1994,
the American Association of Railroads certified plastic strap for use by North
American lumber mills for rail shipments.

     New products for 1995 include lower-cost plastic strapping machines and new
inserter and overwrapper machines for the newspaper industry, new general
purpose strapping machines, and a booklet maker for the graphic arts industry.
Packaging also expects growth in 1995 from expanded export sales of both steel
and plastic strap in continental Europe from sales offices established in France
and Germany.

     Products and Customers.  Packaging develops and markets solutions for
companies of all sizes utilizing a "total systems sales" approach -- providing
the customer with engineering support, equipment and tools, strap, parts and
service.  The Company believes this approach gives it a competitive advantage.

     Plastic strap customers can choose from an equally broad line of machines,
tools and polypropylene and polyester strap of various widths and strengths.
Packaging specializes in newspaper strapping systems, with a complete line of
strapping machines, overwrapping and underwrapping systems, turners and
conveyors.  Other large plastic strap customers include the textile, corrugated,
graphics, can, bottle and distribution industries.

     Steel strap customers use zinc-coated and painted strap in the most
demanding strapping applications, where tensile strength and resistance to
breakage is essential, and apply it with Packaging's extensive line of manual,
electric and pneumatic hand tools and automated strapping machinery.
Packaging's largest steel strap customers are the lumber, steel, brick and
concrete block industries.

     The largest customers of wire stitching products come from the graphic arts
industry, where Packaging supplies patented stitching products for binding
printed materials.  Fruit and produce growers, corrugated box manufacturers and
numerous other businesses use Packaging's stitching machines to assemble
shipping containers.

     Production.  For steel strapping, Packaging purchases raw materials in the
form of steel coils which are then slit into bands.  The bands are further slit
into straps of various widths.  The strap is then either zinc coated or painted
in order to prevent rusting.  Rust resistant strap is important for the lumber
and brick industries where product is exposed to the elements.

     For non-metallic strapping, Packaging purchases raw materials in the form
of pelletized or flake polyester and polypropylene which is often blended with
recycled materials.  Non-metallic strapping is manufactured through a continuous
extrusion process.  This material is then shaped and chilled, then reheated and
stretched to the appropriate width and thickness and, finally, annealed, relaxed
and either slit or embossed, cooled to minimize shrinkage and wound into coils.

     Market Share.  The Company believes that the Canadian steel strapping unit
generally has the largest market share in Canada.  The Company also believes
that the U.K. steel strapping unit has the second largest market share in its
market and the U.K. non-metallic strapping and non-metallic machines units have
leading market shares in certain areas.  In the U.S., Packaging sells only
plastic strapping and stitching products and is a leading supplier of these
products.

     Sales, Distribution and Servicing.  Packaging's direct sales force services
clients in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada.  In the U.S., Packaging also utilizes
a network of over 350 distributors to service smaller customers.  Within each
sales force, product specialists are trained to service the needs of specific
industries such as publishing or lumber.  Due to the fact that most of
Packaging's customers utilize its products for high volume applications,
Packaging has an extensive field service organization to allow it to respond
rapidly to customer service needs.  The Company believes that its
sales/distributor network and its field service capabilities give it significant
advantages over smaller competitors.

Customers; Order Backlogs

     Engineered Materials.  Engineered Materials' products are sold to a number
of customers, none of which individually purchased a significant portion of the
segment's output in 1994.  At April 2, 1995 and March 27, 1994, the backlog of
orders for Engineered Materials was $172.6 million and $80.6 million,
respectively.  Hoeganaes' backlog, which is generally short-term in nature, was
up 141% to a record level.  Chem-tronics' backlog increased 101% mainly due to
new multi-year fabrication orders received for commercial, military and space
applications during the latter part

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
of 1994 and early 1995.  All orders for Engineered Materials at April 2, 1995
were believed to be firm, but approximately 32% of these orders are subject to
renegotiation.  Approximately 55% of these orders are expected to be delivered
during 1995.

     Handling/Packaging Systems.  Handling/Packaging Systems' products are sold
to a substantial number of industrial customers, none of which individually
purchased a significant portion of the segment's output in 1994.  The backlog of
orders for this segment at April 2, 1995 was $93.8 million compared with $76.7
million at March 27, 1994 (in each case applying foreign exchange rates at April
2, 1995), due mainly to significantly higher backlog at the North American
Handling operation.  All orders at April 2, 1995 were believed to be firm and
are expected to be delivered during 1995.

Competition

     Competition is vigorous in both of the Company's business segments.
Factors normally affecting competitive conditions are product quality,
technological development, price and service.  The Company competes with a
variety of other entities in each of its businesses.

Research and Development

     Research activities are directed towards developing primary products and
processes.  Expenditures on research activities by business segment were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                              Fiscal Year Ended
                                             -------------------
                                             1992   1993   1994
                                                (In millions)
<S>                                          <C>    <C>    <C>
 
     Engineered Materials..................  $ 2.2  $ 2.1  $ 2.1
     Handling/Packaging Systems............    0.6    1.1    1.3
                                             -----  -----  -----
         Total.............................  $ 2.8  $ 3.2  $ 3.4
                                             =====  =====  =====
</TABLE>
 
The Company believes that these amounts are adequate to maintain its competitive
position in the businesses in which it operates.

Patents

     The Company holds domestic and foreign patents covering certain products
and processes in both business segments.  While these patents are considered
important to the ability of the segments to compete, unpatented manufacturing
expertise is considered equally important.  Future profitability of these
segments is therefore not considered dependent upon any one patent or group of
related patents.

Environmental Matters

     The Company's operations are subject to extensive and changing federal,
state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including those
relating to the use, handling, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous
substances, and as a result the Company is from time to time involved in
administrative and judicial proceedings and inquiries relating to environmental
matters.  In addition, the Company's future capital and operating expenditures
will continue to be influenced by environmental laws and regulations; however,
the Company does not believe these expenditures are likely to have a material
adverse effect on its operating results or its ability to compete with other
companies.  In 1994, capital expenditures for environmental compliance were $0.6
million and the Company estimates that environmental capital spending in 1995
will be $1.4 million.  In 1993, the Company incurred special nonoperating
charges of $4.8 million to provide for estimated environmental liabilities in
connection with certain sites not relating to its ongoing operations.  See "Risk
Factors--Environmental Matters," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Results of Operations and Financial Condition--Nonoperating Items" and Note 15
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
Raw Materials

     The Company's principal raw materials are steel and steel scrap which are
purchased in the open market where no shortages are anticipated.  The Company
also purchases large extruded metal shapes and milled products that are
available from a limited number of suppliers and high purity iron ore imported
from a limited foreign source.  The Company believes these sources are adequate
to provide for the current and future needs of each of the Company's segments
and believes that, if necessary, adequate substitute supplies and suppliers
could be obtained without any material adverse effect on the Company's
operations or operating results.  The Company's conclusions as to availability
and impact are based upon the Company's general knowledge of the markets for its
raw materials, and its use of alternative sources from time to time.

Employees

     At April 2, 1995, the Company employed a total of 4,450 persons,
consisting of 1,968 salaried and 2,482 hourly employees.  Of the hourly
employees, 56% are represented by unions, with no single union representing a
significant number of the hourly employees.  A labor contract covering
approximately 3% of hourly employees will expire on May 31, 1995, and a labor
contract covering approximately 7% of hourly employees will expire on November
1, 1995.  The Company is currently negotiating with respect to each of these
contracts.  While the Company believes that it will not experience difficulties
in negotiating the renewal of these contracts, there can be no assurance that
difficulties will not arise or that work stoppages will not occur.

Legal Proceedings

     The nature of the Company's business is such that it is regularly
involved in legal proceedings incidental to its business.  Neither the Company
nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any legal proceedings which are
material within the meaning of regulations of the Commission presently in
effect.  See Notes 15 and 16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
information regarding certain legal proceedings.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
Properties

       The following are the principal properties of the Company, listed by
business unit:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                        Usable Space
Business Unit                                             Function                     Owned/Leased     (Square Feet)
- -------------                                             --------                     ------------     ------------- 
<S>                                     <C>                                           <C>               <C>       
 
HOEGANAES
 Riverton, NJ                           Manufacture iron and steel metal powder       Owned              496,000
 Gallatin, TN                           Manufacture steel metal powder                Owned              168,000
 Milton, PA                             Bonding and blending metal powder, warehouse  Owned              102,000
 
CHEM-TRONICS
 El Cajon, CA                           Manufacture aerospace components and repair   Owned              230,000*
                                        of jet engine fan blades                      Building owned      39,000
                                                                                      on leased land
 Tulsa, OK                              Repair of jet engine fan blades               Leased              42,000
 
HANDLING
Handling North America
  Pontiac, IL                           Manufacture storage rack and slotted angle    Owned              400,000*
  Sumter, SC                            Manufacture storage rack                      Owned              250,000*
  Lodi, CA                              Manufacture storage rack                      Owned              125,000*
  Shepherdsville, KY                    Manufacture conveyors                         Owned              106,000*
Handling Europe
  Hemel Hempstead,                      Manufacture storage rack, slotted angle,      Building owned     353,000
    U.K.                                shelving and partitioning                     on leased land
  Laubach, Germany                      Manufacture storage rack, slotted angle,      Owned              335,000
                                        shelving, partitioning and conveyors
  Gainsborough, U.K.                    Manufacture conveyors                         Building owned     103,000
                                                                                      on leased land
  Nivelles, Belgium                     Manufacture storage rack and slotted angle    Owned              101,000
  Halle, Germany                        Manufacture steelwork and conveyors           Owned               90,000
  Kilnhurst, U.K.                       Manufacture storage rack                      Owned               89,000*
Handling Asia Pacific
  Blacktown, Australia                  Manufacture storage rack, slotted angle,      Owned              135,000*
                                        shelving and conveyors
  Wacol, Australia                      Manufacture shelving and wire products        Owned               30,000*
 
PACKAGING
  Scarborough, Canada                   Manufacture steel strap, edgeboard,           Owned              135,000*
                                        collated nails and strapping equipment
  Kilnhurst, U.K.                       Manufacture steel strap, seals, tools and     Owned               97,000
                                        machines
  Racine, WI                            Manufacture stitching machines                Leased              70,000
  Fountain Inn, SC                      Manufacture non-metallic strap                Owned               61,000*
  Hodgkins, IL                          Machine preparation, warehouse                Leased              32,000
  Maidenhead, U.K.                      Machine preparation, warehouse                Owned               22,000
  Strood, U.K.                          Manufacturer over/under-wrappers              Leased               6,000
                                        and conveyors
</TABLE>

The properties marked with an asterisk (*) are subject to mortgages pursuant to
the Credit Agreement and will be subject to mortgages pursuant to the Amended
Credit Agreement.  In addition to the facilities described above, the Company
owns two other warehouses and leases various warehouses and sales and
administrative facilities.  The Company believes that its manufacturing
facilities are properly maintained and that productive capacity is adequate to
meet the requirements of the Company.

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

          The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
directors and certain executive officers of the Company.  For purposes of this
section, the term "Company" includes Interlake, Inc. and other predecessors of
The Interlake Corporation.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Name                                           Position and Office with the Company       Age
- ----                                           ------------------------------------       ---
<S>                                        <C>                                            <C>
 
W. Robert Reum...........................  Director, Chairman of the Board,                52
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer
Craig A. Grant...........................  Vice President--Human Resources                 47
Stephen Gregory..........................  Vice President--Finance, Treasurer and          46
                                           Chief Financial Officer
John P. Miller...........................  Controller                                      37
Stephen R. Smith.........................  Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel   38
Robert J. Fulton.........................  President, Hoeganaes                            52
John J. Greisch..........................  President, Material Handling Group              39
James Legler.............................  President, Chem-tronics                         46
Robert A. Pedersen.......................  President, Interlake Packaging Corporation      49
John A. Canning, Jr......................  Director                                        50
James C. Cotting.........................  Director                                        61
John E. Jones............................  Director                                        60
Frederick C. Langenberg..................  Director                                        67
Quentin C. McKenna.......................  Director                                        68
William G. Mitchell......................  Director                                        64
Erwin E. Schulze.........................  Director                                        69
</TABLE>

     W. Robert Reum has served as Chairman of the Board of the Company
since April 1991 and as President and Chief Executive Officer since January
1991.  He also served as President and Chief Operating Officer from August 1989
to December 1990.  He has been a Director of the Company since 1987 and is a
member of the Executive Committee.  He is also a director of Amsted Industries
Incorporated and Duplex Products, Inc.

     Craig A. Grant has served as Vice President--Human Resources of the
Company since May 1991.  He served as a human resources executive of The Ceco
Corporation, a manufacturer of building products and provider of concrete
forming services for the construction industry, for more than five years prior
to joining the Company, of which two were as Vice President--Human Resources.

     Stephen Gregory has served as Vice President--Finance, Treasurer and
Chief Financial Officer of the Company since December 1994.  From August 1994 to
December 1994, he served as Vice President of the Company.  For more than five
years prior thereto, he served as President of the Material Handling Division of
The Interlake Companies, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company.

     John P. Miller has served as Controller of the Company since April
1993.  He served as Vice President--Finance of the Material Handling Division
of The Interlake Companies, Inc. from October 1989 to April 1993.

     Stephen R. Smith has served as Vice President and General Counsel of
the Company since January 1992, and as Secretary of the Company since January
1993.  Prior thereto, he was Vice President--Law of the Company from September
1991 to December 1991 and was a partner in the law firm of Hopkins & Sutter,
Chicago, Illinois, from prior to 1990 to September 1991.

     Robert J. Fulton has served as President of Hoeganaes since July 1994.
He served as Chief Executive Officer of Micafil, Inc., a manufacturer of
components for fractional electric motors, and as consultant to Sterling
Stainless Tube-IIT Automotive, a manufacturer of stainless tubing, from 1992 to
1994.  From 1990 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer of Doehler Jarvis, a manufacturer of aluminum castings.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
     John J. Greisch has served as President, Material Handling Group since
December 1994.  From February 1993 to December 1994, he served as Vice
President--Finance, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, and
from January to February 1993 he served as a Vice President of the Company.  He
served as Managing Director of Dexion Group plc, a subsidiary of the Company,
from May 1991 to December 1992.  He served as Managing Director of Dexion
Limited from February 1990 to November 1992.

     James Legler has served as President of Chem-tronics since prior to 1990.

     Robert A. Pedersen has served as President of Interlake Packaging
Corporation, one of the Company's Packaging subsidiaries, since prior to 1990.

     John A. Canning, Jr. has been a Director of the Company since 1993 and
is a member of the Compensation and Finance Committees.  Since 1993 he has
served as the President of Madison Dearborn Partners, Inc., which is the manager
of Madison Dearborn Capital Partners, L.P., a private equity investment fund.
From prior to 1990 to January 1993, he was President of First Chicago Venture
Capital and Executive Vice President of The First National Bank of Chicago.  He
also is a director of Bayou Steel Corporation, The Milnot Company, Tyco Toys,
Inc., Chicago Capital Fund, Northwestern Memorial Corporation and Northwestern
Memorial Management Corporation, and is a member of the board of trustees of
Northwestern University and a member of the board of visitors of Duke University
School of Law.

     James C. Cotting has been a Director of the Company since 1989 and is
a member of the Compensation, Executive and Finance Committees.  He has been
Chairman and a director of Navistar International Corporation, a manufacturer of
medium and heavy duty trucks, since prior to 1990.  In March 1995, he retired as
Chief Executive Officer of Navistar International Corporation.  He is also a
member of the Conference Board, a director of the National Association of
Manufacturers, a director of Junior Achievement of Chicago and trustee of the
Adler Planetarium.  He is a director of Asarco Incorporated and USG Corporation.

     John E. Jones has been a Director of the Company since 1988 and is a
member of the Audit Review, Executive, Finance and Nominating Committees.  He is
Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of CBI
Industries, Inc., a manufacturer of industrial gases, provider of construction
services and investor in oil transport and storage businesses.  He has been an
executive officer and a director of CBI since prior to 1990.  He also is a
director of Allied Products Corporation, Amsted Industries Incorporated, NICOR
Inc. and Valmont Industries, Inc.

     Frederick C. Langenberg has been a Director of the Company since 1979
and is a member of the Audit Review, Executive, Finance and Nominating
Committees.  He was Chairman of the Board of the Company from 1983 until his
retirement in 1991 and Chief Executive Officer of the Company from 1982 to 1991.
He is also a director of Carpenter Technology Corporation, Peoples Energy
Corporation and Dietrich Industries and a trustee of Piedmont College.

     Quentin C. McKenna has been a Director of the Company since 1986 and
is a member of the Audit Review and Nominating Committees.  He has been Chairman
of the Board and a director of Kennametal, Inc., a manufacturer of metal cutting
tools, machining systems and materials for applications requiring wear
resistance, since prior to 1990.  In 1991, he retired as Chief Executive Officer
of Kennametal, Inc.  He is also a past director of PNC Financial Corp. and its
affiliate, Pittsburgh National Bank, and a past director of the Federal Reserve
Bank of Cleveland.

     William G. Mitchell has been a Director of the Company since 1984 and
is a member of the Audit Review, Compensation and Executive Committees.  He
retired as Vice Chairman and director of Centel Corporation, a communications
and electric services company, in 1987.  He was an executive officer and
director of Centel for more than five years prior thereto.  He is also a
director of The Northern Trust Company, The Sherwin-Williams Company and Peoples
Energy Corporation.

     Erwin E. Schulze has been a Director of the Company since 1981 and is
a member of the Compensation, Executive and Finance Committees.  He is Chairman
of the Board of Governors of the Chicago Stock Exchange.  He retired as Chairman
of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of The Ceco
Corporation, a manufacturer of building products and provider of concrete
forming services for the construction industry, in 1990.  He had been an
executive officer and director of Ceco for more than five years prior thereto.
He is also a director of AAR Corporation.

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR NOTES

     The Senior Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture (the
"Indenture"), dated as of           , 1995, between the Company and Bank One,
Columbus, N.A., as Trustee (the "Trustee").  The following summaries of certain
provisions of the Senior Notes and the Indenture do not purport to be complete
and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all the
provisions of the Senior Notes and the Indenture, including the definitions
therein of certain terms (certain of which are summarized under "--Certain
Definitions").  Wherever particular provisions or defined terms of the Indenture
are referred to, such provisions or defined terms are incorporated herein by
reference as part of the statements made herein.  A form of the Indenture,
including a form of the Senior Notes, is filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, of which this Prospectus is a part.

General

     The Senior Notes will be limited to $100,000,000 in principal amount
which will mature on November      , 2001.  Interest on the Senior Notes will
accrue from the date of original issuance at the annual rate shown on the front
cover of this Prospectus and will be payable semiannually on May       and
November      of each year, commencing November      , 1995, to holders of
record on the immediately preceding April       and October      .  Interest on
the Senior Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-
day months.

     The Senior Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company
and will rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated
indebtedness of the Company (including the Subordinated Debentures) and Pari
Passu in right of payment with all other Senior Indebtedness, including
indebtedness under the Amended Credit Agreement.  However, substantially all
existing Senior Indebtedness is (and obligations under the Amended Credit
Agreement will be) secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of the
Company and/or its subsidiaries.  In addition, as a result of the Company's
holding company structure, the Senior Notes will be effectively subordinated to
all liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries, including liabilities to general
creditors.  After giving effect to the Offering and the Loan Repayments, as of
April 2, 1995, Senior Indebtedness (excluding the Senior Notes) would have
aggregated approximately $131.6 million, substantially all of which is secured
indebtedness, and the aggregate of all liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries
(excluding amounts included above in Senior Indebtedness) would have aggregated
approximately $221.7 million.

Optional Redemption

     Except as provided in the following paragraph, the Senior Notes will
not be redeemable prior to November      , 1998.  On and after November      ,
1998 the Senior Notes are redeemable in whole at any time and in part from time
to time at the option of the Company upon not less than five or more than 30
days' notice in case of redemption in whole or upon not less than 30 or more
than 60 days' notice in the case of redemption in part mailed to each Holder of
Senior Notes to be redeemed at his address appearing in the Security Register,
at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal
amount) plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on
an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date) if redeemed
during the 12-month period beginning November      of the years indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Redemption
            Year                                            Price
            <S>                                           <C>   
            1998.......................................         %
            1999.......................................
            2000.......................................      100
</TABLE>

     At any time, and from time to time, prior to November      , 1998 up
to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes may be
redeemed at the option of the Company at a redemption price of        % of the
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption,
out of the proceeds of one or more Equity Sales by the Company upon not less
than 30 or more than 60 days' notice by mail.

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
Change of Control

     In the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall promptly make
an Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date (as defined in the Indenture) all
Senior Notes then Outstanding at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Purchase Date,
as provided in the Indenture.  The Company is required to mail a Notice of
Change of Control to the Trustee and to mail a Notice of an Offer to Purchase to
each Holder of record not less than 15 days prior to the Purchase Date.  In the
event of an Offer to Purchase, the Company will comply with any applicable rules
under the Exchange Act, including Section 14(e) thereof and Rule 14e-1
thereunder, to the extent applicable.  Prior to the mailing of a Notice, the
Company will in good faith (i) seek to obtain any required consent under the
Senior Credit Facilities (as defined in (b)(i) under "--Certain Covenants--
Limitation on Consolidated Indebtedness") so as to permit such purchase of the
Senior Notes or (ii) attempt to repay all or a portion of the Indebtedness under
the Senior Credit Facilities to the extent necessary (including, if necessary,
payment in full of such Indebtedness and payment of any prepayment premiums,
fees, expenses or penalties) to permit such purchase of the Senior Notes without
such consent.  If such Indebtedness is not then prepayable to such extent, the
Company will be required to make an offer to those lenders under the Senior
Credit Facilities from which consent is required and cannot be obtained to repay
such Indebtedness in full for an amount equal to the outstanding principal
balance thereof and accrued interest to the date of repayment (and any fees,
expenses, penalties and premiums) and will repay any Banks that accept such
offer.

     As described in the definition under "--Certain Definitions--Change of
Control," one of the events which would constitute a Change of Control is "any
sale, lease, exchange or other transfer. . . of all, or substantially all, of
the assets of the Company."  There is no established quantitative definition of
"substantially all" of the assets of a corporation under applicable law.
Accordingly, if the Company engaged in a transaction in which it disposed of
less than all of its assets, a question of interpretation could arise as to
whether such disposition was of "substantially all" of the assets and whether
the Company was required to make an Offer to Purchase.

     Due to the highly leveraged structure of the Company, it is unlikely
that the Company would be able to repurchase the Senior Notes upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control.  In addition, any such Change of Control
would constitute an event of default under the Amended Credit Agreement with the
result that the Banks could declare the loans under the Amended Credit Agreement
(all of which are Pari Passu in right of payment to the Senior Notes and which
are secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of the Company and/or
its subsidiaries) to be immediately due and payable.  Further, a Change of
Control could trigger obligations by the Company to prepay or redeem the
Subordinated Debentures or the Convertible Preferred Stock.  In such events, the
holders of all such obligations could seek to pursue various contractual and
legal remedies against the Company.  If the Company were unable to pay all
amounts that would become due in respect of all such obligations in such
circumstance, it could result in the bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization,
dissolution or other winding-up of the Company.  The assets of the Company may
be insufficient to pay the amounts due on the Senior Notes in such event.

Certain Covenants

     Limitation on Consolidated Indebtedness.  (a) So long as any of the
Senior Notes are Outstanding, (1) the Company may not Incur and may not permit
any Subsidiary to Incur any Indebtedness, including Acquisition Debt, and (2)
may not permit any Subsidiary to issue any Preferred Stock, unless the Company's
Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio for the four full consecutive fiscal quarters
ending with the most recently completed fiscal quarter of the Company preceding
the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Acquisition Debt or the issuance of such
Preferred Stock, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such Indebtedness or
Acquisition Debt had been Incurred or such Preferred Stock had been issued at
the beginning of such four full fiscal quarters, would be greater than 2.0 to 1.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company or a
Subsidiary may Incur the following Indebtedness, and a Subsidiary may issue the
following Preferred Stock:

       (i) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary under or with respect
     to the Amended Credit Agreement or any similar senior credit facility or
     agreement, or both, (collectively, the "Senior Credit Facilities") in an
     aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $200.0
     million of Indebtedness, including any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company
     or any Subsidiary in connection with or pursuant to any amendment,
     extension, restructuring, refunding or refinancing of amounts due,
     commitments or maturities under the Senior

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
     Credit Facilities (so long as the aggregate principal amount of the
     Indebtedness Incurred under the Senior Credit Facilities does not exceed
     $200.0 million in the aggregate);

       (ii) Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes;

       (iii)  Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Controlled Subsidiary of the
     Company and Preferred Stock issued to and held by the Company or a
     Controlled Subsidiary of the Company, in each case only so long as owed to
     or held by the Company or a Controlled Subsidiary of the Company and, in
     the case of a Controlled Subsidiary, so long as the Company owns, directly
     or indirectly, a percentage of the Capital Stock, Voting Stock and other
     ownership interest of the Controlled Subsidiary which is equal to or
     greater than the percentage of such Capital Stock, Voting Stock or other
     ownership interest, respectively, owned by the Company, directly or
     indirectly, on the date of the Indenture;

       (iv) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary outstanding on the
     date of execution and delivery of the Indenture, less any amounts actually
     repaid in accordance with the scheduled amortization provisions under any
     such Indebtedness;

       (v) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock which is exchanged for, or the
     proceeds of which are used to refinance or redeem, any Outstanding
     Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
     including any extension, renewal or refinancing of any such Indebtedness or
     Preferred Stock, in an aggregate principal amount (or, if such new
     Indebtedness is issued at a price less than the principal amount thereof,
     with an original issue price) or liquidation preference not to exceed the
     principal amount or liquidation preference so exchanged or refinanced (plus
     accrued interest and accrued dividends, as the case may be, fees and
     expenses related thereto and any premium payable pursuant to optional
     redemption provisions of such Outstanding Indebtedness or Preferred Stock
     to be refinanced); provided that any Indebtedness exchanged for, or the
     proceeds of which are used to refinance, the Senior Notes or other
     Indebtedness of the Company which is Pari Passu or subordinated to the
     Senior Notes is only permitted (1) if, in case the Senior Notes are
     refinanced or exchanged in part, such Indebtedness expressly remains Pari
     Passu with or subordinate in right of payment to, as the case may be, the
     Senior Notes, (2) if, in case the Indebtedness to be exchanged or
     refinanced is subordinated to the Senior Notes, such Indebtedness is
     subordinate to the Senior Notes at least to the extent and in the manner
     that the Indebtedness to be exchanged or refinanced is subordinate to the
     Senior Notes and (3) if, in case the Senior Notes are exchanged or
     refinanced in part or the Indebtedness to be exchanged or refinanced is
     subordinated to the Senior Notes, no payments by way of sinking fund,
     mandatory redemption or otherwise (including defeasance) may be made by the
     Company (including, without limitation, at the option of the holder thereof
     other than an option given to a holder pursuant to a "change of control"
     covenant which is no more favorable to the holders of such Indebtedness
     than the provisions contained in the covenant described above under "--
     Change of Control" and such Indebtedness provides that the Company will not
     repurchase such Indebtedness pursuant to such provisions prior to the
     Company's repurchase of the Senior Notes required to be repurchased by the
     Company pursuant to the requirements described above under "--Change of
     Control") at any time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes;
     and, provided further that in no event may Indebtedness of the Company
     (other than Senior Indebtedness) be refinanced by means of Indebtedness of
     any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to this clause (v) nor may the
     Company issue, pursuant to this clause (v), Preferred Stock which
     constitutes Redeemable Stock other than Redeemable Stock that is exchanged
     for, or the proceeds of which are used to refinance or redeem, any
     Outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and that
     has no maturity (whether by way of sinking fund, mandatory redemption or
     otherwise) prior to the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes or, if such
     Indebtedness to be so exchanged, refinanced or redeemed has a maturity
     prior to the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes, the maturity or
     maturities are no earlier than the maturity or respective maturities of
     such Indebtedness to be so exchanged, refinanced or redeemed and the
     Redeemable Stock complies with the other provisions of this clause (v) with
     respect to principal amount, liquidation preference and subordination;

       (vi) Indebtedness secured by a Lien on real property or improvements
     thereon; provided that any Net Available Proceeds received by the Company
     or any Subsidiary as a result of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness are
     applied in the amount and otherwise in accordance with the covenant
     described below under "Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions;"

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
       (vii)  Indebtedness secured by a Lien on real property, which
     Indebtedness (a) constitutes all or a part of the purchase price of such
     property or (b) is Incurred prior to, at the time of or within 270 days
     after the acquisition of such property for the purpose of financing all or
     any part of the purchase price thereof and which otherwise is in accordance
     with the covenant described below under "Limitations on Liens;"

       (viii)  Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $70.0
     million at any one time outstanding (exclusive of other permitted
     Indebtedness);

       (ix) Indebtedness under Currency Agreements entered into in the ordinary
     course of business and Indebtedness under Currency Agreements and Interest
     Rate Agreements relating to existing and future Indebtedness otherwise
     permitted under the Indenture; and

       (x) Indebtedness of the Company the proceeds of which are used to
     purchase shares of stock of (a) Hoeganaes pursuant to the right of first
     refusal set forth in the stockholders' agreement among the Company,
     Hoeganaes and Hoganas AB, the minority shareholder of Hoeganaes or (b)
     Dexion (North Asia) Ltd. pursuant to the right of first refusal set forth
     in the stockholders' agreement among the Company, Dexion (North Asia) Ltd.
     and the minority shareholder of Dexion (North Asia) Ltd.

     Limitation on Transactions with Stockholders and Affiliates.  (a) So long
as any of the Senior Notes are Outstanding, the Company may not, and may not
permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist
any transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or
exchange of property or the rendering of any service but excluding transactions
between the Company and Controlled Subsidiaries of the Company or between
Controlled Subsidiaries of the Company not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million not
otherwise prohibited by the Indenture, with a Related Person or with any
Affiliate of the Company; provided that this provision shall not be deemed to
prohibit transactions made in good faith the terms of which are fair and
reasonable to the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and are at
least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained by the Company or such
Subsidiary, as the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm's
length basis with Persons who are not such a Related Person or Affiliate;
provided, that any such transaction shall be conclusively deemed to be on terms
which are fair and reasonable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and on
terms which are at least as favorable as the terms which could be obtained on an
arm's length basis with Persons who are not such a Related Person or Affiliate
if such transaction is approved by a majority of the Company's Board of
Directors (including a majority of the Company's independent directors, if any).

     (b) Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (a) above to the contrary,
transactions expressly contemplated by certain agreements with Hoeganaes or
Dexion (North Asia) Ltd. are permitted, so long as the Company owns, directly or
indirectly, the percentage of Capital Stock, Voting Stock and other ownership
interest of Hoeganaes or Dexion (North Asia) Ltd., as the case may be, which is
equal to or greater than the percentage of such Capital Stock, Voting Stock or
other ownership interest, respectively, owned by the Company, directly or
indirectly, as of the date of the Indenture.

     Limitation on Restricted Payments.  The Company:

       (i)  may not, directly or indirectly, declare or pay any dividend, or
     make any distribution, in respect of any class of its Capital Stock or to
     the holders of any class of its Capital Stock (including pursuant to a
     merger or consolidation of the Company, but excluding any dividends or
     distributions payable solely in shares of its Capital Stock (other than
     Redeemable Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to acquire its
     Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock)),

       (ii)  may not, and may not permit any Subsidiary of the Company, directly
     or indirectly, to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value
     (a) any Capital Stock of the Company or (b) any options, warrants or rights
     to acquire shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any Related Person of
     the Company,

       (iii)  may not, and may not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, make
     any loan, advance or capital contribution to or investment in, transfer any
     assets to or for the benefit of, assume any liability with respect to any
     obligations of, or make any payment on a guarantee of any obligation of any
     Affiliate or Related Person of the Company (other than (A) the Company or a
     Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company which was a Wholly

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
     Owned Subsidiary prior to, or becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary
     contemporaneously with, such loan, advance, contribution, investment or
     payment; provided that such loan, advance, contribution, investment or
     payment was not made or assumed in anticipation of such Person becoming a
     Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company and (B) Hoeganaes, pursuant to
     certain agreements currently in effect, so long as the Company owns,
     directly or indirectly, the percentage of Capital Stock, Voting Stock or
     other ownership interest of Hoeganaes which is equal to or greater than the
     percentage of such Capital Stock, Voting Stock or other ownership interest,
     respectively, owned by the Company, directly or indirectly, as of the date
     of the Indenture), and

       (iv)  may not, and may not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to,
     redeem, defease, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire or retire for
     value, prior to any scheduled maturity, repayment or sinking fund payment,
     Indebtedness of the Company which is subordinate in right of payment to the
     Senior Notes (other than any extensions, refundings or refinancing of such
     Indebtedness so long as such extended, refunded or refinanced Indebtedness
     remains subordinate in right of payment to the Senior Notes pursuant to
     terms of subordination at least as favorable to the Holders of the Senior
     Notes as were contained in the Indebtedness which was so extended, refunded
     or refinanced and so long as such extended, refunded or refinanced
     Indebtedness has a maturity date on or after the maturity date of such
     Indebtedness prior to such extension, refunding or refinancing)

(the transactions described in clauses (i) through (iv) being referred to herein
as "Restricted Payments"), if at the time thereof, or after giving effect
thereto:

          (1) an Event of Default, or an event that with the lapse of time or
     the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, has
     occurred and is continuing; or

          (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio of the Company for the four full
     fiscal quarters immediately preceding the date on which such Restricted
     Payment is made (after giving effect thereto, including the aggregate
     amount of all Restricted Payments made pursuant to the last paragraph of
     this section) will not be at least 2.5 to 1; provided that compliance with
     this clause (2) shall not be required with respect to the mandatory
     redemption of the Subordinated Debentures pursuant to the terms thereof; or

          (3) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made (including
     any amounts made pursuant to the last paragraph of this section) from the
     date of the Indenture exceeds the sum (without duplication) of:

               (a) the aggregate of 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income of
          the Company (or, in the case Consolidated Net Income of the Company
          shall be negative for any fiscal year, less 100% of such deficit)
          accrued for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing
          with the first full fiscal quarter after the date of the Indenture to
          and including the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date
          of such calculation; and

               (b) 100% of (i) the aggregate net proceeds, including the fair
          value of property other than cash (determined in good faith by the
          Board of Directors as evidenced by a Board Resolution), received by
          the Company from any Person other than a Subsidiary of the Company
          from all issuances (including issuances of Capital Stock of the
          Company pursuant to the exercise of any warrants or other rights to
          acquire Capital Stock of the Company) after the date of the Indenture
          of Capital Stock of the Company (and, in the event the Company merges
          or consolidates with another corporation in a transaction in which the
          outstanding Common Stock of the Company prior to the transaction is
          canceled, the Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of such other
          corporation) and options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital
          Stock of the Company (excluding for purposes of this clause (i) any
          issuance of Redeemable Stock by the Company) and (ii) the aggregate
          net proceeds, including the fair value of property other than cash
          (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors as evidenced by a
          Board Resolution), received by the Company from any Person other than
          a Subsidiary of the Company of Indebtedness of the Company or any of
          its Subsidiaries issued subsequent to the date of the Indenture which
          is converted into Capital Stock of the Company (other than Redeemable
          Stock) (excluding for purposes of this clause (ii) any issuance of
          Capital Stock upon the conversion of the Exchange Debentures).

     The foregoing provision will not be violated by reason of the payment of
any dividend within 60 days after declaration thereof, if at the declaration
date such payment would have complied with the foregoing provision.

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall not be prohibited:

          (a) payments required to be made in connection with stock appreciation
     rights with respect to the Capital Stock of the Company outstanding on the
     date of the Indenture;

          (b) the settlement of stock options with respect to the Capital Stock
     of the Company outstanding on the date of the Indenture in an aggregate
     amount not to exceed $2.5 million;

          (c) payments in connection with the redemption of shareholder rights
     in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.0 million; or

          (d) purchases of the Subordinated Debentures pursuant to Section 1016
     of the Subordinated Debenture Indenture governing purchases upon a change
     in control.

     In addition, notwithstanding clauses (2) or (3) above but subject to clause
(1) above, the Company may make Restricted Payments not to exceed $10.0 million.

     Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions.  (a) So long as any of the Senior
Notes are Outstanding, the Company may not, and may not permit any Subsidiary of
the Company to, make Asset Dispositions in one or more transactions in any
fiscal year that result, together with (x) the proceeds received from any
Indebtedness permitted by clause (vi) above under "Limitation on Consolidated
Indebtedness" and (y) Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted by the covenant
described below under "Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions," in Net
Available Proceeds in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate in such fiscal
year unless:

          (i) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
     consideration at the time of such Asset Dispositions at least equal to the
     fair market value for the shares or assets disposed of (which shall be as
     determined in good faith by the Board of Directors),

          (ii) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Dispositions
     consists of cash; provided, however, that the amount of (x) any liabilities
     (as shown on the Company's or such Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet
     or in the notes therein) of the Company or any Subsidiary that are assumed
     by the transferee of any such assets and (y) any notes, other obligations
     or other marketable securities received by the Company or any such
     Subsidiary from the transferee that are immediately converted by the
     Company or such Subsidiary into cash will be deemed to be cash for purposes
     of this provision; and provided, further, that the 75% limitation referred
     to above does not apply to any Asset Disposition in which the cash portion
     of the consideration received therefor is equal to or greater than what the
     net after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Disposition complied
     with such 75% limitation, and

          (iii)  any applicable provisions of the Indenture described below
     under "--Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets" shall have
     been complied with.

     (b) The Company is required to apply 100% of the Net Available Proceeds
(including the proceeds received from any Indebtedness permitted by clause (vi)
above under "Limitation on Consolidated Indebtedness" and Sale and Leaseback
Transactions permitted by the covenant described below under "Limitation on Sale
and Leaseback Transactions"), in excess of $5.0 million in the aggregate in any
fiscal year from such Asset Dispositions (including from the sale of any
marketable cash equivalents received therein); (A) first, within 90 days of
receipt of such Net Available Proceeds, to repayment (in whole or in part) of
the principal and/or interest on Senior Indebtedness then outstanding that is
secured; (B) second, to the extent such Net Available Proceeds are not applied
to the principal and/or interest on Senior Indebtedness that is secured as
specified in clause (A), to pro rata purchases of Outstanding Senior Notes and
other Indebtedness ranking Pari Passu with the Senior Notes (determined by
reference to principal amount) for which the Company is obligated to make an
offer to purchase substantially similar to the Offer to Purchase required
pursuant to this provision, pursuant to an Offer to Purchase at a purchase price
equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the Purchase
Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record
Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to
the Purchase Date); and (C) third, to the extent of any remaining Net Available
Proceeds following completion of the Offers to Purchase referred to in clause
(B) above, to the repayment, within five Business Days of completion of such
Offer to Purchase, of other Indebtedness which is Pari Passu

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
with the Senior Notes but is not required to be purchased pursuant to an offer
to purchase substantially similar to the Offer to Purchase required pursuant to
this provision or, in lieu thereof, other Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary, to the extent that the same may be repaid prior to maturity.

     (c) The Company has no obligation to apply the Net Available Proceeds as
provided in clause (b) above if the Company has a bona fide intent to reinvest
the Net Available Proceeds from an Asset Disposition in another asset or
business in the same or similar line of business as the Company or any of its
Material Subsidiaries and the Net Available Proceeds are so reinvested within
180 days of receipt thereof.

     Limitation on Certain Restrictions Affecting Any Subsidiary.  So long as
any of the Senior Notes are Outstanding, the Company may not, and may not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or
become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
of its Subsidiaries to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on such
Subsidiary's Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) pay
any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) make
loans or advances to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) transfer
any of its property or assets to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other
than restrictions on transfer contained in lease instruments Incurred in the
ordinary course of business or assumed in connection with an acquisition of
another Person; provided, however, that this covenant does not prohibit (a) any
restrictions or encumbrances contained in the Senior Credit Facilities; (b) any
restrictions or encumbrances existing in the Indenture or under agreements in
effect at the date of execution and delivery of the Indenture; (c) consensual
encumbrances or restrictions binding upon any Person at the time such Person
becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such encumbrances or
restrictions were not Incurred in anticipation of such Person becoming a
Subsidiary of the Company; (d) encumbrances or restrictions imposed by
applicable law; or (e) subject to the terms of the covenant described above
under "Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions," restrictions with respect to a
Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to an agreement which has been
entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary.

     Limitation on Issuance of Shares of Subsidiaries.  So long as any of the
Senior Notes are Outstanding, the Company may not permit any Subsidiary of the
Company to issue shares of Capital Stock or any other ownership interest to any
Person other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company
except to the extent, and subject to the conditions under which, the Company
could have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of such shares or other
ownership interests in an Asset Disposition pursuant to the covenant described
above under "Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions" if they had first been
issued to the Company or such Subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing
limitation does not apply to (a) the issuance of shares of Capital Stock of a
Subsidiary of the Company which is required in order to provide collateral
security in certain jurisdictions outside the U.S. with respect to funds
borrowed by certain non-U.S. Subsidiaries of the Company pursuant to the terms
of the Senior Credit Facilities, (b) the issuance of shares of Capital Stock or
other ownership interests so long as immediately after such issuance the Company
owns, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the Capital Stock, Voting Stock
and other ownership interest of such Subsidiary which is equal to or greater
than the percentage of such Capital Stock, Voting Stock or other ownership
interest, respectively, owned by the Company, directly or indirectly,
immediately prior to such issuance or (c) the issuance of directors' qualifying
shares.

     Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.  The Company may not, and
may not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, enter into any Sale and
Leaseback Transaction (except for a period not exceeding 30 months) unless the
Company or such Subsidiary applies or commits to apply within 180 days after the
sale or transfer an amount equal to the Net Available Proceeds of the sale
pursuant to the Sale and Leaseback Transaction in accordance with the provisions
described above under "Limitation on Certain Asset Dispositions" as if such
proceeds were received as a result of an Asset Disposition.

     Limitation on Liens.  The Company may not Incur any Indebtedness which is
secured, directly or indirectly, with a Lien on the property, assets or any
income or profits therefrom of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than
(i) Senior Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities or
(ii) Senior Indebtedness with respect to which such Lien is perfected at the
time of the Incurrence of such Senior Indebtedness or substantially
contemporaneously therewith unless contemporaneously therewith or prior thereto
the Senior Notes are equally and ratably secured, except for (a) any such
Indebtedness secured by Liens on the assets of any entity existing at the time
such assets are acquired by the Company of any of its Subsidiaries, whether by
merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise; provided that such Liens
(x) are not Incurred in contemplation of such assets being acquired by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (y) do not extend to any other property
or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
other Indebtedness required to be equally and ratably secured as a result of the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided that the provisions of the Indenture
described in this paragraph shall not in any way affect the Incurrence by the
Company of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture
described above in paragraph (b)(i) under "Limitation on Consolidated
Indebtedness" and the securing of such Indebtedness, directly or indirectly,
with a Lien on the property, assets or any income or profits therefrom of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales of Assets

     The Company (a) may not consolidate with or merge into any other Person;
(b) may not permit any other Person to consolidate with or merge into the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (in a transaction in which such
Subsidiary remains a Subsidiary of the Company), except for transactions
involving the consolidation or merger of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company with or into the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company; and (c) may not, directly or indirectly, transfer, convey, sell, lease
or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets as
an entirety, unless in any such transaction:

          (1) immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction and
     treating any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary of the
     Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the
     Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Event of
     Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would
     become an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing;

          (2) in case the Company consolidates with or merges into another
     Person or directly or indirectly transfers, conveys, sells, leases or
     otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its properties and assets
     as an entirety, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the
     Company is merged or the Person which acquires by transfer, conveyance,
     sale, lease or other disposition all or substantially all the properties
     and assets of the Company as an entirety (a "Successor Company") is a
     corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the U.S., any
     State thereof or the District of Columbia, and expressly assumes, by a
     supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of the principal of
     (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Senior Notes and the
     performance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company
     to be performed or observed;

          (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, on a pro
     forma basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company or, if applicable,
     the Successor Company, shall be equal to or greater than the Consolidated
     Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

          (4) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, on a pro
     forma basis, the Company or, if applicable, the Successor Company, is able
     to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of
     the covenant described above under clause (a) of "Limitation on
     Consolidated Indebtedness;" and

          (5) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
     and an Opinion of Counsel as required by the Indenture, in each case to the
     effect that the provisions summarized under this caption and all conditions
     precedent relating to such transaction have been complied with and, with
     respect to such Officers' Certificate, if applicable, setting forth the
     manner of determination of the Consolidated Net Worth and Consolidated Cash
     Flow Ratio of the Company or, if applicable, of the Successor Company.

     As described under "--Change of Control," there is no established
quantitative definition of the term "substantially all" of the Company's assets
as used in the foregoing described covenant.  Accordingly, if the Company
engaged in a transaction in which it disposed of less than all of its assets, a
question of interpretation could arise as to whether such disposition was of
"substantially all" of the assets and whether the requirements of the foregoing
described covenant would apply to the transaction.

Defeasance

     The Indenture will provide that the Company, at the Company's option, (a)
will be discharged from its Obligations in respect of the Senior Notes (except
for certain Obligations to register the transfer or exchange of Senior Notes,
replace stolen, lost or mutilated Senior Notes, maintain paying agencies and
hold moneys for payment in trust), and (b) need not comply with certain
restrictive covenants of the Indenture, including, among others, those described
under "--Change of

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
Control," "--Certain Covenants" and "--Mergers, Consolidations and Certain Sales
of Assets," in each case if the Company deposits, with the Trustee, money, or
U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of interest thereon and
principal thereof in accordance with their terms, together with any uninvested
money so deposited, will provide money, in an amount sufficient to pay all the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Senior Notes on the dates
such payments are due (which may include one or more redemption dates desired by
the Company) in accordance with the terms of such Senior Notes.  Such a trust
may only be established if, among other things, (i) no Event of Default or event
which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event
of Default under such Indenture has occurred and is continuing on the date of
such deposit, (ii) such defeasance or covenant defeasance does not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Indenture or any
other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is
bound, (iii) such defeasance or covenant defeasance does not cause the Trustee
to have any conflicting interest (for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act) with
respect to other securities of the Company, (iv) the Company has delivered an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Senior
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as
a result of such defeasance or covenant defeasance and will be subject to
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time
as if such defeasance or covenant defeasance had not occurred, and (v) the
Company delivers an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, in each
case to the effect that all conditions precedent relating to such defeasance
have been complied with.

     In the event the Company does not comply with its remaining Obligations
under the Indenture after a defeasance of the Indenture with respect to the
Senior Notes as described above and the Senior Notes are declared due and
payable because of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the amount of money
and U.S. Government Obligations on deposit with the Trustee may be insufficient
to pay amounts due on the Senior Notes at the time of the acceleration resulting
from such Event of Default.  However, the Company will remain liable in respect
of such payments.

Events of Default

     The following will be Events of Default under the Indenture:  (a) default
in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Senior Note at its
Maturity; (b) default in the payment of any interest on any Senior Note when due
and payable, and continuance of such default for 30 days; (c) default in the
performance or breach of any other covenant of the Company in the Indenture, and
continuance of such default for 60 days after written notice to the Company by
the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes; (d) a default under any
Indebtedness by the Company and/or one or more Material Subsidiaries, or under
any instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured
or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Company and/or one or more Material
Subsidiaries with a principal amount then outstanding in excess of $8.0 million
individually or in the aggregate for all such issues of all such Persons,
whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, which
default shall constitute a failure to pay the principal of such Indebtedness at
final maturity or shall have resulted in such Indebtedness becoming due and
payable prior to its Stated Maturity if such Indebtedness is not discharged, or
its acceleration is not rescinded or annulled, within 60 days after written
notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes; (e)
a final unappealable judgment or judgments remain undischarged or unbonded for
60 consecutive days and create uninsured liabilities against the Company and/or
one or more Material Subsidiaries of $5.0 million or more in the aggregate; and
(f) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization relating to the
Company and/or one or more Material Subsidiaries.  Subject to the provisions of
the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default
shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the
Trustee reasonable security or indemnity.  Subject to such provisions for the
indemnification of the Trustee, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes will have the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

     If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing (other than an Event
of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization relating to the Company) either the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes may
accelerate the maturity of all Senior Notes and the principal amount thereof
shall become due and payable upon the earlier of (i) five Business Days after
the receipt by the Company and the administrative agent(s) or similar Person
under the Senior Credit Facilities of written notice, provided such Event of
Default is then continuing, or (ii) an acceleration under any Senior Credit
Facilities.  If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization relating to the Company occurs, the principal
amount

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
of all the Senior Notes shall become due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.  After a declaration of
acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Senior Notes may, in
certain circumstances, waive all defaults and rescind and annul such declaration
if (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to
pay overdue interest, principal amount and premium (if any) due otherwise than
by acceleration and certain other expenses and (ii) all Events of Default, other
than the non-payment of principal amount due by reason of such declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.  For
information as to waiver of defaults, see "--Modification and Waiver" below.

     No Holder of any Senior Notes will have any right to institute any
proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any other remedy thereunder,
unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of
a continuing Event of Default and the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes shall have made written
request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such
proceeding as trustee, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes a
direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such
proceeding within 60 days.  However, such limitations do not apply to a suit
instituted by a Holder of a Senior Note for enforcement of payment of the
principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Senior Note on or after
the respective due dates expressed in such Senior Note.

     The Company will be required to furnish to the Trustee annually a statement
as to the performance by the Company of certain of its obligations under the
Indenture and as to any default in such performance.

Modification and Waiver

     Modifications and amendments of the Indenture may be made by the Company
and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes; provided, however, that no
such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Senior Note affected thereby, (a) change the Stated Maturity of the
principal of, or any installment of interest on, any Senior Note, (b) reduce the
principal of, or the premium or interest on, any Senior Note or reduce any
amount payable on redemption thereof, (c) change the place or currency of
payment of principal of, or premium or interest on, any Senior Note, (d) impair
the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with
respect to any Senior Note, (e) modify the provisions concerning purchase at the
Holder's option in a manner adverse to the Holders, (f) reduce the above-stated
percentage of Outstanding Senior Notes necessary to modify or amend the
Indenture or (g) reduce the percentage of aggregate principal amount of
Outstanding Senior Notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain
provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults.  In certain
limited circumstances, the Indenture permits the amendment thereof without the
consent of the Holders.

     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Senior Notes may waive compliance by the Company with certain restrictive
provisions of the Indenture.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Outstanding Senior Notes may waive any past default under the
Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal, premium or interest on
any Senior Note or a covenant provision that cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of each Holder of Outstanding Senior Notes affected.

Governing Law

     The Indenture and the Senior Notes will be governed by the laws of the
State of New York.

Transfer and Exchange

     A Holder may transfer or exchange Senior Notes in accordance with the
Indenture.  The Company or the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things,
to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture.  The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Senior Note
selected for redemption.  Also, the Company is not required to transfer or
exchange any Senior Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Senior
Notes to be redeemed.

     The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
Certain Definitions

     "Acquisition Debt" means Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of any Person
existing at the time such Person became a Subsidiary of the Company (or such
Person is merged into the Company or one of its Subsidiaries) or assumed or
issued in connection with the acquisition of assets from any such Person (other
than assets acquired in the ordinary course of business), including Indebtedness
Incurred or Preferred Stock issued in connection with, or in contemplation of,
such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company (but excluding Indebtedness or
Preferred Stock of such Person which is extinguished, retired, repaid, redeemed
or repurchased in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the
Company).

     "Amended Credit Agreement", for purposes of the Indenture, includes any
agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing or otherwise restructuring all
or any portion of the Obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement and any
successor agreement.

     "Asset Acquisition" means (i) an investment by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a
Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or shall be merged with the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) the acquisition by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries of the assets of any Person which constitute substantially
all of an operating unit or business of such Person.

     "Asset Disposition" by any Person means any sale, lease, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition (including, without limitation, by way of merger,
consolidation or Sale and Leaseback Transaction) of (i) shares of Capital Stock
of a Subsidiary of such Person, (ii) property of such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries or (iii) other assets of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries
(each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "disposition") by
such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a disposition (x) by a
Subsidiary of such Person to such Person, (y) by such Person or a Subsidiary of
such Person to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person or such Subsidiary or
(z) by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person to a Controlled Subsidiary of
such Person or such Subsidiary so long as immediately after such disposition
such Person or such Subsidiary owns, directly or indirectly, a percentage of the
Capital Stock, Voting Stock and other ownership interest of such Subsidiary
which is equal to or greater than the percentage of such Capital Stock, Voting
Stock or other ownership interest, respectively, owned by such Person or such
Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, immediately prior to such disposition) other
than dispositions of property or assets in the ordinary course of business.  For
purposes of this definition, any disposition in connection with directors'
qualifying shares or investments by foreign nationals mandated by applicable law
shall not constitute an Asset Disposition.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
pledge, change in share registry or similar transaction shall not be deemed an
Asset Disposition if effected to secure Indebtedness permitted in accordance
with the provisions described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Consolidated Indebtedness."

     "Asset Sale" means the sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other
disposition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than to one of its
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or to one of its Controlled Subsidiaries so long as
immediately after such disposition the Company or Subsidiary owns, directly or
indirectly, a percentage of the Capital Stock, Voting Stock or other ownership
interest in such Subsidiary which is equal to or greater than the percentage of
Capital Stock, Voting Stock or other ownership interest, respectively, owned by
such Person or such Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, immediately prior to
such disposition) of (i) all or substantially all of the Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary or (ii) substantially all of the assets which constitute
substantially all of an operating unit or business of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.

     "Attributable Value" means, as to any particular lease under which any
Person is at the time liable and at any date as of which the amount thereof is
to be determined, the total net amount of rent required to be paid by such
Person under such lease during the initial term thereof as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, discounted from such
initial term date to the date of determination at a rate per annum equal to the
discount rate which would be applicable to a Capital Lease Obligation of such
Person with like term in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.  The net amount of rent required to be paid under any such lease for
any such period shall be the aggregate amount of rent payable by the lessee with
respect to such period after excluding amounts required to be paid on account of
insurance, taxes, assessments, utility, operating and labor costs and similar
charges.  In the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the
payment of a penalty, such net amount shall also include the amount of such
penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease
subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated.

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
     "Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means any obligation to pay rent
or other amounts under a lease of (or other Indebtedness arrangements conveying
the right to use) real, personal or mixed property of such Person which is
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on
the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and the amount of such obligation shall be the
capitalized amount thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles and the stated maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment
of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon
which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

     "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations, warrants, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock whether now outstanding or issued after the date of the
Indenture.

     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events, whether or not approved by the Company's Board of Directors:

          (1) any Person or any Persons acting together which would constitute a
     "group" for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a "Group"),
     together with any Affiliates thereof, other than the ESOP or the trusts for
     any other employee stock ownership, benefit or pension plans of the Company
     or any Subsidiary and other than the original holders of Convertible
     Preferred Stock, shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the
     Commission) at least 50% of the total voting power of all classes of
     Capital Stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
     directors of the Company;

          (2) any one Person or Group (other than the Board of Directors of the
     Company as it may be constituted from time to time), or any Affiliates
     thereof, shall succeed in having sufficient of its or their nominees
     elected to the Board of Directors of the Company such that such nominees,
     when added to any existing director remaining on the Board of Directors of
     the Company after such election who is an Affiliate of such Group, shall
     constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;

          (3) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or
     a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, the assets
     of the Company to any Person or entity or Group of Persons or entities
     (other than any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company);

          (4) the shareholders of the Company shall approve any plan for the
     liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

          (5) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another
     corporation or the merger of another corporation into the Company with the
     effect that immediately after such transaction any Person or Group holds
     more than 50% of the total voting power entitled to vote generally in the
     election of directors, managers or trustees of the surviving corporation of
     such merger or consolidation.

     "Consolidated Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, the aggregate of
all expenditures Incurred (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and
including Capital Lease Obligations) by the Company and its Subsidiaries during
such period that, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles,
are included in the property, plant or equipment or similar fixed asset account
reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries.

     "Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges" of any Person means,
for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus
(i) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, plus (ii)
Consolidated Income Tax Expense of such Person for such period, plus (iii) the
consolidated depreciation and amortization expense included in the income
statement of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, less
(iv) the aggregate amount actually paid by such Person and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries during such period on account of Consolidated Capital Expenditures
and less (v) dividends declared or paid during such period to minority
shareholders with respect to a Controlled Subsidiary in an amount, if any, equal
to the difference between the "minority interest" set forth on such Person's
consolidated balance sheet on the last day of such period and the lesser of (A)
the minority interest as set forth on such Person's consolidated balance sheet
on the date of the Indenture or (B) the minority interest as set forth on such
Person's consolidated balance sheet on the day immediately preceding the first
day of such period.

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
     "Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio" of any Person means for any period the ratio
of (i) Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for
such period to (ii) the sum of (A) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person
for such period plus (B) the annual Consolidated Interest Expense with respect
to any Indebtedness or Subsidiary Preferred Stock proposed to be Incurred by
such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries which requires the
calculation of the Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio, as if such Indebtedness or
Subsidiary Preferred Stock had been Incurred on the first day of such period
plus (C) the annual Consolidated Interest Expense with respect to any other
Indebtedness or Subsidiary Preferred Stock Incurred by such Person or its
Consolidated Subsidiaries since the end of such period to the extent not
included in clause (ii)(A) as if such Indebtedness or Subsidiary Preferred Stock
had been Incurred on the first day of such period and after giving effect to the
application of the proceeds therefrom less (D) Consolidated Interest Expense of
such Person to the extent included in clause (ii)(A) or (C) with respect to any
Indebtedness or Subsidiary Preferred Stock that will no longer be outstanding as
a result of the Incurrence of the Indebtedness or Subsidiary Preferred Stock
proposed to be Incurred by such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries,
except for Consolidated Interest Expense actually Incurred with respect to
Indebtedness borrowed (as adjusted pursuant to the first proviso set forth
below) (x) under a revolving credit or similar arrangement to the extent the
commitment thereunder remains in effect on the date of computation or (y)
pursuant to clause (viii) of the covenant described under "--Certain Covenants--
Limitations on Consolidated Indebtedness;" provided, however, that in making
such computation, the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person attributable
to interest or dividends on any Indebtedness or Subsidiary Preferred Stock
bearing a floating interest rate shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if
the rate in effect on the date of computation had been the applicable rate for
the entire period, unless, in the case of any Indebtedness, such Person or any
of its Consolidated Subsidiaries is a party to an Interest Rate Agreement (which
shall remain in effect for the shorter of the twelve month period after the date
of computation or the term of such Indebtedness) which has the effect of fixing
the interest rate on the date of computation, in which case such rate (whether
higher or lower) shall be used; provided further that in the event such Person
or its Subsidiaries has made Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions during or after
such period and prior to the date of Incurrence of such Indebtedness which
requires calculation of the Consolidated Cash Flow Ratio, such computation of
Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Interest
Expense shall be made on a pro forma basis as if the Asset Sales or Asset
Acquisitions had taken place on the first day of such period.

     "Consolidated Income Tax Expense" for any Person means for any period the
consolidated provision for income taxes of such Person and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period.

     "Consolidated Interest Expense" for any Person means for any period the
consolidated interest expense included in a consolidated income statement
(without deduction of interest income) of such Person and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period, including without limitation or duplication (or,
to the extent not so included, with the addition of), in respect of such Person
or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (i) the interest component of such
Person's aggregate Capital Lease Obligations; (ii) the amortization of
Indebtedness discounts; (iii) any payments of fees with respect to letters of
credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities; (iv) fees with respect to
Interest Rate Agreements or Currency Agreements; and (v) Preferred Stock
dividends declared and payable in cash.

     "Consolidated Net Income" of any Person means for any period the
consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; provided, however, that there shall be excluded therefrom
(a) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by such Person or a
Subsidiary of such Person in a pooling-of-interests transaction for any period
prior to the date of such transaction, (b) the net income (but not the net loss)
of any Consolidated Subsidiary of such Person which is subject to restrictions
which prevent the payment of dividends or the making of distributions to such
Person the extent of such restrictions, (c) the net income (or loss) of any
Person that is not a Consolidated Subsidiary of such Person except to the extent
of the amount of any dividends or other distributions actually paid to such
Person by such other Person during such period, (d) gains or losses on Asset
Dispositions by such Person or its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (e) all
extraordinary gains and extraordinary losses and (f) the cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principle.

     "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the consolidated stockholders'
equity of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
less (to the extent reflected therein) (a) amounts attributable to the effects
of foreign currency exchange adjustments under Financial Accounting Standards
Board Opinion No. 52, (b) amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock of such
Person and (c) with respect to the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries,
adjustments following the date of the Indenture to the accounting books and
records of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries resulting from the

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
acquisition of control of such Person by another Person in accordance with
Accounting Principles Board Opinions Nos. 16 and 17.

     "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" means with respect to any Person (i) the
consolidated stockholder's equity of such Person and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such
Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles less (ii) the value of all of the consolidated
intangible assets of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

     "Controlled Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary, at least 80% of
the Voting Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the
time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person (including ownership
through one or more Subsidiaries).

     "Convertible Preferred Stock" means (a) the Company's Series A1 Convertible
Exchangeable Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, (b) the Company's
Series A2 Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
(c) the Company's Series B1 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per
share, (d) the Company's Series B2 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $1.00
per share, (e) the Company's Series A3 Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock,
par value $1.00 per share and (f) the Company's Series B3 Convertible Preferred
Stock, par value $1.00 per share.

     "Currency Agreement" means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap
agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect any
Person against fluctuations in currency values.

     "Equity Sale" means a sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock)
of the Company other than sales of such Capital Stock to Affiliates, employees,
officers or directors of the Company, including issuances pursuant to any
employee stock or option arrangements.

     "Exchange Debentures" means the Company's Series 1 Junior Convertible
Subordinated Debentures, the Company's Series 2 Junior Convertible Subordinated
Debentures and the Company's Series 3 Junior Convertible Subordinated
Debentures, in each case for which certain of the Convertible Preferred Stock
may be exchanged.

     "Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, Lien or other obligation
of any Person, to create, issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become
liable in respect of such Indebtedness (including in the case of Indebtedness,
the extension of the maturity of or becoming responsible for the payment of, any
Indebtedness), Lien or other obligation (and "Incurrence," "Incurred" and
"Incurring" shall have the meanings correlative to the foregoing), provided that
a change in generally accepted accounting principles that results in an
obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming Indebtedness shall
not be deemed an Incurrence of such Indebtedness.

     "Indebtedness" means (without duplication), with respect to any Person, (i)
every obligation of such Person for money borrowed, (ii) every obligation of
such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments,
(iii) every reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of
credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of
such Person, (iv) every obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the
deferred purchase price of property (including pursuant to Capital Lease
Obligations), every conditional sale obligation and every obligation under any
title retention agreement, in each case if on terms permitting any portion of
the purchase price to be paid beyond one year from the date of purchase (but
excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business
which are not overdue by more than 90 days or which are being contested in good
faith), (v) every obligation of such Person issued or contracted for as payment
in consideration of the purchase by such Person or an Affiliate of such Person
of the stock or substantially all of the assets of another Person or a merger or
consolidation to which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person was a party,
(vi) every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of
other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in
either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as
obligor, guarantor or otherwise, (vii) every obligation of the type referred to
in clauses (i) through (vi) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property
or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such
Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the
value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured and
(viii) all Redeemable Stock valued at the greater of its voluntary or
involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends.

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
     "Interest Rate Agreement" means any interest rate protection agreement,
interest rate future, interest rate option, interest rate swap, interest rate
cap or other interest rate hedge agreement.

     "Lien" means, with respect to any property or assets, any mortgage or deed
of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security
interest, lien, charge, easement (other than any easement not materially
impairing usefulness or marketability), encumbrance, preference, priority or
other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without
limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

     "Material Subsidiary" means, as of any date, any Subsidiary of any Person
(a) the value of whose assets, as such assets would appear on a consolidated
balance sheet of such Subsidiary and its Consolidated Subsidiaries prepared as
of the end of the fiscal quarter next preceding such determination in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, is at least 5% of the value of
the assets of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined as
aforesaid, or (b) which has revenues, as such revenues would appear on a
consolidated income statement of such Subsidiary and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries prepared as of the end of the fiscal quarter next preceding such
determination in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
constituting at least 5% of the revenues of such Person and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries, determined as aforesaid.

     "Maturity," when used with respect to any Senior Note means the date on
which the principal amount of such Senior Note becomes due and payable as
provided in the Senior Note or the Indenture, whether at the Stated Maturity or
by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

     "Net Available Proceeds" from any Asset Disposition by a Person means cash
or readily marketable cash equivalents received (including by way of sale or
discounting of a note, installment receivable or other receivable, but excluding
any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiree of
Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or
received in any other non-cash form) therefrom by such Person, net of all legal,
title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses
Incurred by such Person and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local
taxes and reserves required to be accrued by such Person as a liability as a
consequence of such Asset Disposition, and net of all payments made by such
Person or its Subsidiaries on any Indebtedness which is secured by such assets
in accordance with the terms of any Liens upon or with respect to such assets
which must by the terms of such Liens, or in order to obtain a necessary consent
to such Asset Disposition or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds
from such Asset Disposition, and net of all distributions and other payments
made by such Person to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint
ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition.

     "Obligations" means all obligations for the reimbursement of amounts drawn
under any letter of credit or for the payment of principal, premium, interest
(including, without limitation, interest whether or not allowed after the filing
of a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency), penalties, fees, expenses,
indemnities or other amounts, now or hereafter existing, with respect to any
Indebtedness.

     "Offer to Purchase" means a written notice (the "Notice") delivered to the
Trustee and given (a) with respect to an Offer to Purchase made as a result of
an Asset Disposition, by first class mail, postage prepaid, or (b) with respect
to an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change of Control, by overnight
carrier, in either event to each Holder at the address appearing in the Security
Register, offering to purchase up to the principal amount of Senior Notes
specified in such Notice, at the purchase price specified in such Notice (as
determined pursuant to the Indenture).  Any Notice shall specify a purchase date
(the "Purchase Date") for such Offer to Purchase which (x) with respect to an
Offer to Purchase made as a result of an Asset Disposition, shall be not less
than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of such Notice and (y) with
respect to an Offer to Purchase made as a result of a Change of Control, shall
not be less than 15 days after the date of such Notice (or, in either event,
such other time period as is necessary for the Offer to Purchase to remain open
for a sufficient period of time to comply with applicable securities laws).  Any
Notice shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and shall contain (i) the
most recent financial statements required to be filed with the Trustee, (ii) a
description of material developments in the Company's business subsequent to the
date of the latest of such financial statements (including the events requiring
the Company to make such Offer to Purchase), (iii) if material, appropriate pro
forma financial information concerning such Offer to Purchase and the events
requiring the Company to make such Offer to Purchase and (iv) any other
information required by applicable law to be included therein.  Any Notice shall
contain all instructions and materials necessary to

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
enable such Holder to tender Senior Notes for purchase pursuant to such Offer to
Purchase and shall remain open from the time of mailing of the Notice until the
Purchase Date.  Any Notice shall state:

          (1) the section of the Indenture pursuant to which such Offer to
     Purchase is being made;

          (2) the aggregate outstanding principal amount (the "Purchase Amount")
     of the Senior Notes required to be offered to be purchased by the Company
     pursuant to such Offer to Purchase;

          (3)  the Purchase Date;

          (4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $1,000
     principal amount of Senior Notes accepted for payment;

          (5) that the Holder of any Senior Notes may tender for purchase by the
     Company all or any portion of such Senior Notes equal to $1,000 principal
     amount or any integral multiple thereof;

          (6) the place or places where Senior Notes are to be surrendered for
     tender pursuant to such Offer to Purchase;

          (7) that interest on any Senior Notes not tendered or tendered but not
     purchased by the Company pursuant to such Offer to Purchase will continue
     to accrue;

          (8) that on the Purchase Date the purchase price will become due and
     payable upon each Senior Note (or portion thereof) selected for purchase
     pursuant to such Offer to Purchase and that interest thereon shall cease to
     accrue on and after the Purchase Date;

          (9) that each Holder electing to tender a Senior Note pursuant to such
     Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender such Senior Note at the
     place or places specified in the Notice prior to the close of business on
     the fifth Business Day prior to the Purchase Date;

          (10) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw the tender of such
     Holder's Senior Note upon written notice to the Trustee, not later than the
     close of business on the fifth Business Day prior to the Purchase Date;

          (11) that (a) if Senior Notes (or portions thereof) in an aggregate
     principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly
     tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to such Offer to Purchase, the Company
     shall purchase all such Senior Notes and (b) if Senior Notes in an
     aggregate principal amount in excess of the Purchase Amount are duly
     tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to such Offer to Purchase, (i) the
     Company shall purchase Senior Notes having an aggregate principal amount
     equal to the Purchase Amount and (ii) the particular Senior Notes (or
     portions thereof) to be purchased shall be selected by such method as the
     Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; and

          (12) that, in the case of any Holder whose Senior Note is purchased
     only in part, the Company shall execute a new Senior Note or Senior Notes,
     of any Authorized Denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate
     principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of
     the Senior Notes so tendered.

     "Pari Passu" as applied to the ranking of any Indebtedness of a Person in
relation to other Indebtedness of such Person, means that each such Indebtedness
either (i) is not expressly subordinated in right of payment to any Indebtedness
or (ii) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the same Indebtedness
as is the other, and is so subordinated to the same extent, and is not expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the other or to any Indebtedness as to which
the other is not so expressly subordinated.

     "Preferred Stock" as applied to the capital stock of any corporation, means
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as
to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over
shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
     "Redeemable Stock" of any Person means any class or series of Capital Stock
of such Person that by its terms or otherwise is (i) required to be redeemed
prior to the Maturity of the Senior Notes or (ii) redeemable at the option of
the holder thereof at any time prior to the Maturity of the Senior Notes or
(iii) convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock referred to in clause
(i) or (ii) or Indebtedness having a scheduled maturity prior to the Maturity of
the Senior Notes; provided that any Capital Stock which would not constitute
                  --------                                                  
Redeemable Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to
require the Company to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the
occurrence of a change in control occurring prior to the Maturity of the Senior
Notes shall not constitute Redeemable Stock if the change in control provisions
applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such
Capital Stock than the provisions described under "--Change of Control" and such
Capital Stock specifically provides that the Company will not repurchase or
redeem any such stock pursuant to such provisions prior to the Company's
repurchase of such Senior Notes as are required to be repurchased pursuant to
the provisions described under "--Change of Control."

     "Sale and Leaseback Transaction" of any Person means an arrangement with
any bank, insurance company or other lender or investor or to which such lender
or investor is a party, providing for the leasing by such Person or any
Subsidiary of such Person of any property or asset of such Person or such
Subsidiary which has been or is being sold or transferred by such Person or such
Subsidiary to such lender or investor or to any Person to whom funds have been
or are to be advanced by such lender or investor on the security of such
property or asset.

     "Senior Indebtedness" means the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on, and all other amounts payable in respect of, (a) all Obligations of
the Company under the Indenture and the Senior Notes, (b) all Obligations of the
Company and its Subsidiaries created pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities,
(c) all other Indebtedness of the Company not prohibited under the provisions of
the Indenture summarized under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Consolidated
Indebtedness", whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter
Incurred, (d) obligations of the Company under Interest Rate Agreements, (e)
Obligations of the Company under Currency Agreements entered into in respect of
any such Indebtedness or obligation or in the ordinary course of business and
(f) amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications and refundings of any such
Indebtedness or obligation; provided that the term Senior Indebtedness shall not
include (to the extent any of the following constitutes Indebtedness) (i) any
Indebtedness or Obligation owed to a Subsidiary, (ii) any Indebtedness or
Obligation which is expressly subordinated or junior to the Senior Notes or to
any other Indebtedness or Obligation of the Company (other than any Indebtedness
secured by a subordinated Lien and Incurred by the Company pursuant to the
Senior Credit Facilities and any refinancings thereof) including the Exchange
Debentures, (iii) any Indebtedness of the Company which when Incurred and
without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code, as amended, was without recourse to the Company, (iv) any Indebtedness
(other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture
described in paragraph (b) under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on
Consolidated Indebtedness") of the Company not otherwise permitted by certain
sections of the Indenture, (v) any Indebtedness to any employee of the Company,
(vi) any liability for taxes and (vii) accounts payable or any other
Indebtedness or monetary obligations to trade creditors created or assumed by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in
connection with the obtaining of materials or services.  Any Obligation under
the Senior Credit Facilities constituting Senior Indebtedness shall continue to
constitute Senior Indebtedness despite a determination that the Incurrence of
such Obligation by the Company was a preference under Section 547(b) of Title 11
of the U.S. Code (or any successor thereto) or was a fraudulent conveyance or
transfer under Federal or State law.

     "Stated Maturity" when used with respect to any Senior Note or any
installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Senior Note as
the fixed date on which the principal amount of such Senior Note or such
installment of interest is due and payable.

     "Subordinated Debentures" means the 12 1/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures
of the Company due 2002.

     "Subsidiary" of any Person means a corporation of which more than 50% of
the outstanding Voting Stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting
power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing
similar functions are owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or
more other Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries.
Voting Stock or other ownership interests shall be deemed owned by a Person
notwithstanding the pledge, transfer of registered ownership or similar
transaction relating to such Voting Stock or other ownership interests to the
extent such transaction secures Indebtedness permitted in accordance with the
provisions described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation on Consolidated
Indebtedness."

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
     "Voting Stock" means stock which ordinarily has voting power for the
election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class
of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

     "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary all of the
outstanding Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares)
shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
Capital Stock shall be deemed owned by a person notwithstanding the pledge,
transfer of registered ownership or similar transaction relating to such Capital
Stock to the extent such transaction secures Indebtedness permitted in
accordance with the provisions described under "--Certain Covenants--Limitation
on Consolidated Indebtedness."

                                       55
<PAGE>
 
                   DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

     The Company will make the Loan Repayments with a portion of the net
proceeds of the Offering and the Amended Credit Agreement will become effective
simultaneously with the consummation of the Offering.  The consummation of the
Offering, the effectiveness of the Amended Credit Agreement and the making of
the Loan Repayments are contingent on each other.  Set forth below is a brief
description of certain terms of the Credit Agreement, the Amended Credit
Agreement and the Subordinated Debentures.

Credit Agreement

     The Credit Agreement provides for a total of $271.4 million in principal
amount of loan commitments, of which $239.2 was available at April 2, 1995,
consisting of the following components:  (i) revolving loans aggregating no more
than $147.8 million, of which $115.6 million was available and $106.9 million
was utilized; (ii) $89.9 million of term loans; (iii) $11.1 million of delayed
draw term loans; (iv) $7.5 million of deferred term loans; (v) a $5.8 million
term loan facility available only to pay certain potential environmental
liabilities; and (vi) an ESOP Loan of $9.3 million, repayment of which is
guaranteed by the Company.  The revolving loans mature in 1997.  The term loans
have a final maturity of 1998 and require periodic principal payments prior
thereto.  The ESOP loan matures in 1999 and requires periodic principal payments
prior thereto.  Amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement bear interest, at
the option of the Company, at the prime rate plus 1.75%, or at various London
Interbank Offering Rates (LIBOR) plus 2.75%, with such rates adjusted
periodically.  Interest rates applicable to amounts borrowed under the Credit
Agreement ranged from 9.00% to 9.4375% at April 2, 1995.  A portion of the
amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement will be repaid and the Credit
Agreement will be amended by execution of the Amended Credit Agreement.

Amended Credit Agreement

  General

     The following constitutes only a summary of the principal terms and
conditions which are expected to be contained in the Amended Credit Agreement,
when executed, and is qualified in its entirety by the actual terms of the
Amended Credit Agreement.  Whenever particular provisions or defined terms of
the Amended Credit Agreement are referred to, such provisions or defined terms
are incorporated herein by reference as part of the statements made herein.  The
Amended Credit Agreement is subject to the negotiation, execution and delivery
of definitive documentation.  Accordingly, certain of the actual terms,
conditions and covenants may differ from those described below.  For purposes of
this description of the Amended Credit Agreement, the term "Company" refers only
to The Interlake Corporation and does not include The Interlake Corporation's
consolidated subsidiaries.

     The Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers, the ESOP Borrower and the Required
Banks propose to enter into the Amended Credit Agreement, pursuant to an
amendment of the Credit Agreement.  The Amended Credit Agreement will become
effective upon the consummation of the Offering and the making of the Loan
Repayments.  The Amended Credit Agreement will provide for a total of $175.4
million in principal amount of loan commitments consisting of the following
components:  (i) revolving loans aggregating no more than $76.3 million; (ii)
$84.0 million of term loans; (iii) an ESOP Loan of $9.3 million, repayment of
which is guaranteed by the Company; and (iv) a $5.8 million of term loan
facility available only to pay certain potential environmental liabilities.  Of
the term loans, $18.0 million will be sterling-denominated loans ("Sterling
Loans").  The ESOP Loan will mature on September 30, 1999 and all other loans
under the Amended Credit Agreement will mature on June 30, 1999.  The Amended
Credit Agreement will modify certain covenants under the Credit Agreement
regarding minimum EBITDA levels and minimum consolidated net worth levels.  The
Banks will continue to receive a commitment fee of 0.5% of the Revolving A Loan
Commitments not yet utilized but available to the Company and its subsidiaries
under the Amended Credit Agreement.

  Interest Rates

     Loans (other than Sterling Loans) under the Credit Agreement, and under the
Amended Credit Agreement will continue to, bear interest, at the option of the
Company (or, in the case of the ESOP Loan, at the option of the ESOP Borrower),
at a rate equal to either the Alternate Base Rate plus a margin of 1.75% or the
Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus a margin of 2.75%.  Sterling Loans currently bear
interest at the Adjusted Sterling LIBOR Rate plus a margin of 2.75%.

                                       56
<PAGE>
 
As of April 2, 1995, the interest rate on the outstanding Loans ranged from
9.00% to 9.4375%.  After June 30, 1998, the interest rate margin for all Loans
will increase by 0.75%.

  Collateral

     The obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers under the
Amended Credit Agreement will continue to be secured by pledges of and mortgages
and security interests in substantially all of the assets of the Company and
certain of its subsidiaries.  The collateral securing the Company's obligations
under the Amended Credit Agreement will continue to include (i) all of the
capital stock of substantially all of the Company's domestic subsidiaries and a
substantial portion of the capital stock of most of the Company's material
foreign subsidiaries, (ii) existing and after-acquired accounts receivable,
inventory (together with all proceeds thereof) of the Company, and (iii) certain
real property and other assets of the Company and its foreign and domestic
subsidiaries. Certain of the domestic subsidiaries of the Company have jointly
and severally guaranteed the obligations of the Company, the Subsidiary
Borrowers and the ESOP Borrower under the Amended Credit Agreement.  These
guarantees, as well as each Subsidiary Borrower's obligations under the Amended
Credit Agreement, will continue to be secured by (i) all the capital stock of
its material subsidiaries and (ii) security interests granted by such Subsidiary
Borrower in substantially all of its assets.  In addition, the obligations of
the ESOP Borrower with respect to the ESOP Loan will continue to be guaranteed
by the Company and secured by a pledge of all shares of Common Stock of the
Company held by the ESOP Borrower which have been purchased with the proceeds of
the ESOP Loan and which have not been allocated to ESOP participant accounts.

  Certain Covenants

     The Amended Credit Agreement will also require that the Company satisfy
certain financial tests, including meeting specified tests for Minimum EBITDA,
Minimum Consolidated Net Worth and Minimum and Maximum Capital Expenditures.  In
addition, the Amended Credit Agreement will contain covenants that restrict,
among other things, (a) the incurrence of liens, (b) mergers, consolidations and
certain sales of assets, (c) dividends or other distributions, (d) lease
payments, (e) the incurrence of indebtedness, (f) certain advances, investments
and loans, (g) certain transactions with affiliates, (h) capital expenditures,
(i) payments, prepayments, repurchases and modification of certain indebtedness,
(j) the modification of the Company's Certificate, by-laws or certain
agreements, (k) the creation of encumbrances or restrictions on the ability of
the Company's subsidiaries to make payments, transfers or distributions to the
Company, (l) the issuance by the Company's subsidiaries of capital stock, (m)
the engaging by the Company or its subsidiaries in new businesses and (n) the
cancellation, termination or modification of the ESOP, the ESOP Trust or any of
the ESOP Documents.

     Method of Calculations.  A summary of certain covenants which are expected
to be contained in the Amended Credit Agreement appears below.  The calculations
set forth below with respect to historical and pro forma compliance with the
various covenants have been prepared in a manner consistent with the anticipated
requirements of the Amended Credit Agreement.  Accordingly, such information may
not be readily derivable from financial statements included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

                                       57
<PAGE>
 
     Minimum Consolidated EBITDA.  Minimum Consolidated EBITDA (defined in the
Amended Credit Agreement as earnings before extraordinary items, minority
interests, provisions for income taxes and net interest expense plus
                                                                ----
depreciation and amortization expenses) of the Company and its subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis, computed on a basis of a rolling four fiscal quarters, will
be required to be at least the amount set forth below at the end of each of the
following fiscal quarters.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Amount
                                                (In millions)
         <S>                                    <C>
         Fiscal 1995                             $
            2nd  Quarter......................
            3rd  Quarter......................
            4th  Quarter......................
         Fiscal 1996
            1st  Quarter......................
            2nd  Quarter......................
            3rd  Quarter......................
            4th  Quarter......................
         Fiscal 1997
            1st  Quarter......................
            2nd  Quarter......................
            3rd  Quarter......................
            4th  Quarter......................
         Fiscal 1998
            1st  Quarter......................
            2nd  Quarter......................
            3rd  Quarter......................
            4th  Quarter......................
         Fiscal 1999
            1st  Quarter......................
            2nd  Quarter......................
</TABLE>
     At December 25, 1994 and April 2, 1995, the Minimum Consolidated EBITDA
of the Company (as defined) would have been $          million and $
million, respectively.

                                       58
<PAGE>
 
     Minimum Consolidated Net Worth (Shareholders' Deficit).  Shareholders'
deficit (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) of the Company and its
subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be required to be no greater than the
amount set forth below at the end of each of the following fiscal quarters.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Amount
                                                 (In millions)
         <S>                                     <C> 
         Fiscal 1995                             $
            2nd  Quarter......................
            3rd  Quarter......................
            4th  Quarter......................
         Fiscal 1996
            1st  Quarter......................
            2nd  Quarter......................
            3rd  Quarter......................
            4th  Quarter......................
         Fiscal 1997
            1st  Quarter......................
            2nd  Quarter......................
            3rd  Quarter......................
            4th  Quarter......................
         Fiscal 1998
            1st  Quarter......................
            2nd  Quarter......................
            3rd  Quarter......................
            4th  Quarter......................
         Fiscal 1999
            1st  Quarter......................
            2nd  Quarter......................
</TABLE>
     At December 25, 1994 and April 2, 1995, the Consolidated Shareholders'
Deficit of the Company (as defined) would have been $        million and $
million, respectively.

     Capital Expenditures.  The Company may not make or incur, or permit any
of its subsidiaries to make or incur, Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year
less than $      million or in excess of $       million.

  Events of Default

     The Amended Credit Agreement will specify a number of "events of
default" including, among others, the failure to make timely principal and
interest payments or to perform the covenants or to meet the financial tests or
maintain the financial requirements contained therein.  Upon the occurrence of
an event of default under the Amended Credit Agreement, the Banks will have the
right to cease making loans and to terminate the Amended Credit Agreement and to
declare all amounts outstanding thereunder immediately due and payable.  Because
of cross-acceleration provisions in the Indenture, a payment default under the
Amended Credit Agreement, or certain other defaults under the Amended Credit
Agreement followed, in each case, by an acceleration of the indebtedness
outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement, would constitute a default under
the Indenture which in turn could lead to an acceleration of the Senior Notes.

Subordinated Debentures

     The following summaries of certain provisions of the Subordinated
Debentures and the Subordinated Debenture Indenture do not purport to be
complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference
to, all the provisions of the Subordinated Debentures and the Subordinated
Debenture Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms.
Wherever particular provisions or defined terms of the Subordinated Debenture
Indenture are referred to, such provisions or defined terms are incorporated
herein by reference as part of the statements made herein.

                                       59
<PAGE>
 
  General

     The Subordinated Debentures are general, unsecured senior subordinated
obligations of the Company in an aggregate principal amount of $220.0 million
and will mature on March 1, 2002.  The Subordinated Debentures bear interest at
the annual rate of 12 1/8%.

  Sinking Fund

     The Subordinated Debentures are redeemable through the operation of a
sinking fund on March 1, 2001, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued interest.  Prior to March 1, 2001, the
Company is required to pay to the trustee for the Subordinated Debentures, for
the sinking fund, funds sufficient to redeem Subordinated Debentures in the
aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million.

  Subordination

     The payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on
the Subordinated Debentures is, to the extent set forth in the Subordinated
Debenture Indenture, subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in
full in cash of all Senior Indebtedness, including the Senior Notes.  In the
event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any
receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in
connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its creditors, as such, or
to its assets, or (b) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the
Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving
insolvency or bankruptcy, or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or
any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company, then and in any
such event the holders of all Senior Indebtedness will first be entitled to
receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due thereon before the
holders of the Subordinated Debentures will be entitled to receive any payments
in respect of the Subordinated Debentures.  No payments on account of principal 
(including without limitation, sinking fund payments), premium, if any, or
interest or repurchases, redemptions or retirements of the Subordinated
Debentures may be made if any Senior Indebtedness is not paid when due and such
default is not waived or cured, or any other event of default with respect to
any Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is
accelerated and such acceleration is not rescinded, or if judicial proceedings
shall be pending in respect such a default in payment or event of default.

  Certain Covenants

     The Subordinated Debenture Indenture contains certain restrictive
covenants limiting, among other things, the issuance of additional indebtedness
and preferred stock by the Company and its subsidiaries, the payment by the
Company of dividends or other distributions, the redemption of capital stock of
the Company, transactions with affiliates, the use of proceeds from the disposal
of assets, the incurrence of liens and the merger, consolidation or sale of
substantially all of the assets of the Company.  The restrictive covenants in
the Subordinated Debenture Indenture are substantially similar to the
restrictive covenants contained in the Indenture.  See "Description of Senior
Notes--Certain Covenants."

  Change of Control

     The Subordinated Debenture Indenture requires the Company, upon a
Change of Control, to make an offer to purchase all of the Subordinated
Debentures at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the
date of purchase.  The Indenture contains a similar provision requiring the
Company to make an offer to purchase all of the Senior Notes at 101% of the
principal amount thereof in the event of a Change of Control.  See "Description
of Senior Notes--Change of Control."  The Indenture expressly allows the Company
to offer to purchase, and to purchase, the Subordinated Debentures pursuant to a
Change of Control, even if no holder of Senior Notes tenders Senior Notes for
payment.

  Events of Default

     The Subordinated Debenture Indenture specifies a number of "events of
default" including, among others, the failure to make timely principal and
interest payments or to perform the covenants or to meet the financial tests or
maintain the financial ratios contained therein.  Upon the occurrence of an
event of default under the Subordinated Debenture Indenture, all amounts
outstanding thereunder may be declared to be immediately due and payable.
Because

                                       60
<PAGE>
 
of cross-acceleration provisions in the Indenture, a payment default under the
Subordinated Debenture Indenture or certain other defaults under the
Subordinated Debenture Indenture followed, in each case, by an acceleration of
the indebtedness outstanding under the Subordinated Debentures, would constitute
a default under the Indenture which in turn could lead to an acceleration of the
Senior Notes.

                                       61
<PAGE>
 
                                  UNDERWRITING

     Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement (the
"Underwriting Agreement") among the Company and the Underwriters named below,
the Underwriters have severally agreed to purchase from the Company, and the
Company has agreed to sell to them, severally, all of the Senior Notes offered
hereby, in the respective principal amount set forth opposite their respective
names below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Principal Amount of
     Underwriter                                               Senior Notes
     -----------                                           ---------------------
     <S>                                                   <C>
     Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
       Securities Corporation..........................    $
     CS First Boston Corporation.......................
                                                           ------------
          Total........................................    $100,000,000
                                                           ============
</TABLE>

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriters thereunder are subject to certain conditions precedent.  The
Underwriting Agreement also provides that the Company will indemnify the
Underwriters and their respective controlling persons against certain
liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act.  The
nature of the Underwriters' obligations is such that the Underwriters are
required to purchase all of the Senior Notes if any of the Senior Notes are
purchased.

     The Underwriters propose to offer the Senior Notes directly to the public
at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
After the Senior Notes are released for sale to the public, the offering price
may from time to time be varied by the Underwriters.

     The Company has no present plan to list any of the Senior Notes on a
securities exchange.  The Underwriters have advised the Company that they
currently intend to make a market in the Senior Notes, but they are not
obligated to do so and may discontinue such market making at any time without
notice.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that an active trading market
will develop for, or as to the liquidity of, the Senior Notes.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the issuance of the Senior Notes will be passed upon for
the Company by Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue and for the Underwriters by Davis Polk
& Wardwell.  In rendering their opinions on the validity of the Senior Notes,
neither counsel for the Company nor for the Underwriters will express any
opinions as to the applicability of federal and state statutes dealing with
fraudulent conveyances and obligations.


                                    EXPERTS

     The financial statements as of December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993
and for each of the three years in the period ended December 25, 1994 included
in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.

                                       62
<PAGE>
 
                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Page
                                                                                  ----
<S>                                                                               <C>
Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
  Report of Independent Public Accountants......................................   F-2
 
  Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 25, 1994,
     December 26, 1993 and December 27, 1992....................................   F-3
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993.........   F-4
 
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 25, 1994,
     December 26, 1993 and December 27, 1992....................................   F-5
 
  Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended
     December 25, 1994, December 26, 1993 and December 27, 1992.................   F-6
 
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................   F-7
 
Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements:
 
  Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended
     March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995...........................................  F-26
 
  Consolidated Balance Sheet at April 2, 1995...................................  F-27
 
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended
     March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995...........................................  F-28
 
  Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements............................  F-29
 
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                       Report of Independent Accountants



To the Board of Directors
and Shareholders of
The Interlake Corporation


In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of cash flows and of shareholders'
equity (deficit) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of The Interlake Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 25, 1994
and December 26, 1993, and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 25, 1994, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.  These financial
statements are the responsibility of The Interlake Corporation's management;
our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.  We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the
opinion expressed above.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
changed its method of evaluating the recoverability of goodwill and other long-
lived assets in 1994.  As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for postretirement
benefits other than pensions and its method of accounting for income taxes in
1992.


PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

Chicago, Illinois
January 25, 1995, except as to Note 18, which is as of March 8, 1995

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

 
The Interlake Corporation
Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
For the Years Ended December 25, 1994, December 26, 1993 and December 27, 1992
(in thousands except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1994        1993       1992
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>        <C>
Net Sales                                                                  $ 752,592   $ 681,330   $708,199
Cost of Products Sold                                                        576,929     520,508    527,857
Selling and Administrative Expense                                           117,264     117,025    127,436
Restructuring Charge (See Note 3)                                                          5,611      2,523
Goodwill Write-down (See Note 2)                                              34,174
 
Operating Profit                                                              24,225      38,186     50,383
 
Interest Expense                                                              51,609      50,906     54,284
Interest Income                                                               (1,369)     (1,855)    (2,859)
Nonoperating (Income) Expense (see Note 15)                                     (481)      5,359        484
 
Income (Loss) Before Taxes, Minority Interest,
  Extraordinary Loss and Accounting Changes                                  (25,534)    (16,224)    (1,526)
Provision for Income Taxes (See Note 7)                                       10,888       6,542      9,040
 
Income (Loss) Before Minority Interest, Extraordinary
   Loss and Accounting Changes                                               (36,422)    (22,766)   (10,566)
Minority Interest in Net Income of Subsidiaries                                4,135       3,196      3,424
 
Income (Loss) Before Extraordinary Loss
   and Accounting Changes                                                    (40,557)    (25,962)   (13,990)
Extraordinary Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt,
   Net of Applicable Income Taxes (See Note 5)                                                       (7,567)
Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles (See Note 4)              (194)                (6,141)
 
Net Income (Loss)                                                          $ (40,751)  $ (25,962)  $(27,698)
 
Income (Loss) Per Share of Common Stock:
   Income (Loss) Before Extraordinary Loss
     and Accounting Changes                                                   $(1.84)     $(1.18)    $(0.84)
   Extraordinary Loss                                                                                 (0.46)
   Accounting Changes                                                           (.01)                 (0.37)
   Net Income (Loss)                                                          $(1.85)     $(1.18)    $(1.67)
 
Average Shares Outstanding                                                    22,027      22,027     16,754
 
(See notes to consolidated financial statements)
</TABLE>

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

 
The Interlake Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
December 25, 1994 and  December 26, 1993
(dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1994        1993
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>
Assets
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                $  39,708   $  31,934
  Receivables less allowances of $2,977 in 1994
   and $2,775 in 1993                                                        129,089     107,861
  Inventories                                                                 73,853      77,025
  Other current assets                                                         6,340       9,720
   Total Current Assets                                                      248,990     226,540
Goodwill and Other Assets:
  Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $6,622
   in 1994 and $20,141 in 1993 (See Note 2)                                    4,667      38,916
  Other assets                                                                45,562      49,013
   Total Goodwill and Other Assets                                            50,229      87,929
 
Property, Plant and Equipment, net                                           145,734     149,691
 
   Total Assets                                                            $ 444,953   $ 464,160
 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
Current Liabilities:
  Accounts payable                                                         $  71,957   $  60,382
  Accrued liabilities                                                         42,563      43,272
  Interest payable                                                            13,910      13,913
  Accrued salaries and wages                                                  18,060      14,713
  Income taxes payable                                                        10,328      17,866
  Debt due within one year (See Note 13)                                      24,553       2,525
    Total Current Liabilities                                                181,371     152,671
Long-Term Debt (See Note 13)                                                 417,898     440,610
Other Long-Term Liabilities                                                   75,753      65,765
Deferred Tax Liabilities (See Note 7)                                          6,038       6,896
Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 16)
Minority Interest                                                             21,173      18,830
Preferred Stock 2,000,000 shares authorized
   Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock - Redeemable,
    par value $1 per share, issued 40,000 shares (See Note 10)                39,155      39,155
 
Shareholders' Equity (Deficit): (See Note 11)
   Common stock, par value $1 per share, authorized
      100,000,000 shares, issued 23,228,695 in 1994 and 1993                  23,229      23,229
   Additional paid-in capital                                                 30,248      30,248
   Cost of common stock held in treasury (1,202,000 shares in
    1994 and 1993)                                                           (28,047)    (28,047)
   Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)                                  (293,966)   (253,215)
   Unearned compensation                                                     (10,058)    (11,279)
   Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments                      (17,841)    (20,703)
 
    Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)                                    (296,435)   (259,767)
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)                   $ 444,953   $ 464,160
 
</TABLE>
(See notes to consolidated financial statements)

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
The Interlake Corporation
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
 
For the Years Ended December 25, 1994, December 26, 1993 and December 27, 1992
(in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994       1993        1992
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash Flows from (for) Operating Activities:
 Net income (loss)                                            $(40,751)  $(25,962)  $ (27,698)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
  net cash provided by operating activities:
   Restructuring charge                                                     5,611
   Goodwill write-down                                          34,174
   Depreciation and amortization                                23,102     25,040      27,535
   Extraordinary item                                                                   7,488
   Debt issuance costs                                          (1,264)               (11,952)
   Accounting changes                                                                   6,141
   Nonoperating environmental matters                                       4,750
   Other operating adjustments                                  13,172     (7,231)     (4,412)
   (Increase) Decrease working capital:
    Accounts receivable                                        (18,754)    16,233      (6,469)
    Inventories                                                  5,880     (4,190)     (3,616)
    Other current assets                                         3,249     (1,642)        190
    Accounts payable                                             9,897        519       2,724
    Other accrued liabilities                                      758     (2,708)     10,779
    Income taxes payable                                        (7,560)    (2,432)     (7,866)
     Total Working Capital Change                               (6,530)     5,780      (4,258)
Net Cash Provided (Used) by Operating Activities                21,903      7,988      (7,156)
Cash Flows from (for) Investing Activities:
 Capital expenditures                                          (15,485)   (14,540)    (24,588)
 Proceeds from disposal of PP&E                                    477        284         636
 Acquisitions                                                     (746)                (2,319)
 Other investment flows                                          1,137      1,122
Net Cash Provided (Used) by Investing Activities               (14,617)   (13,134)    (26,271)
Cash Flows from (for) Financing Activities:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                       10,656        104     267,832
 Retirements of long-term debt                                 (11,970)    (7,582)   (282,430)
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock                                                41,759
 Proceeds from issuance of preferred  stock                                            39,155
 Other financing flows                                           1,982      6,158       1,217
Net Cash Provided (Used) by Financing Activities                   668     (1,320)     67,533
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash                           (180)      (240)     (6,007)
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents                 7,774     (6,706)     28,099
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year                    31,934     38,640      10,541
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year                        $ 39,708   $ 31,934   $  38,640
 
</TABLE>
(See notes to consolidated financial statements)

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
The Interlake Corporation
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
 
For the Years Ended December 25, 1994, December 26, 1993 and December 27, 1992
(in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Common Stock          Common Stock         Retained    Unearned   Foreign
                                         and Paid-In Capital   Held in Treasury     Earnings    Compen-    Currency
                                         Shares       Amount   Shares    Amount     (Deficit)   sation     Translation   Total
<S>                                      <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
Balance December 29, 1991                11,741       $11,741  (1,257)   $(28,709)  $(198,408)  $(14,112)  $ (9,977)     $(239,465)
Net income (loss)                                                                     (27,698)                             (27,698)
Sale of stock (See Note 11)              11,488        41,759                                                               41,759
Stock incentive plans (See Note 12)                                55         649      (1,146)       273                      (224)
ESOP transactions (See Note 11)                                                                      905                       905
Translation loss                                                                                             (7,995)        (7,995)
 
Balance December 27, 1992                23,229        53,500  (1,202)    (28,060)   (227,252)   (12,934)   (17,972)      (232,718)
Net income (loss)                                                                     (25,962)                             (25,962)
Stock incentive plans (See Note 12)                       (23)                 13          (1)        46                        35
ESOP transactions (See Note 11)                                                                    1,609                     1,609
Translation loss                                                                                             (2,731)        (2,731)
 
Balance December 26, 1993                23,229        53,477  (1,202)    (28,047)   (253,215)   (11,279)   (20,703)      (259,767)
Net income (loss)                                                                     (40,751)                             (40,751)
Stock incentive plans (See Note 12)                                                                   15                        15
ESOP transactions (See Note 11)                                                                    1,206                     1,206
Translation gain                                                                                              2,862          2,862
 
Balance December 25, 1994                23,229       $53,477  (1,202)   $(28,047)  $(293,966)  $(10,058)  $(17,841)     $(296,435)
 
</TABLE>

(See notes to consolidated financial statements)

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

 
The Interlake Corporation
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 25, 1994, December 26, 1993 and December 27, 1992

(All dollar amounts in thousands except where indicated)


NOTE 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of all majority-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries.  All
significant intercompany transactions are eliminated.

Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid financial
instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents and reports the earnings from these instruments as interest income.

Revenue Recognition - Revenue from sales is generally recognized when product
is shipped, except on long-term contracts in the Handling/Packaging Systems
segment, where revenue is accounted for principally by the percentage-of-
completion method.

Deferred Charges - The Aerospace Components unit periodically enters into long-
term agreements with customers on major programs where tooling and other
development costs are capitalized as Other Assets.  These assets are then
amortized during the production stage by the units-of-production method.

Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value.
Gross inventories valued on the LIFO method represent approximately 41% and 44%
of gross inventories and 50% and 55% of domestic gross inventories at December
25, 1994 and December 26, 1993, respectively. The current cost of these
inventories exceeded their valuation determined on a LIFO basis by $15,513 at
December 25, 1994 and by $16,628 at December 26, 1993.

During 1994, 1993, and 1992, inventory quantities valued on the LIFO method
were reduced, resulting in the liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried
at lower costs that prevailed in prior years as compared with the costs of
production for 1994, 1993, and 1992.  As a result, pre-tax income in 1994, 
1993, and 1992 was increased by $951, $1,201, and $1,948, respectively.

Inventories by category at December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993 were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1994      1993
<S>                                                <C>       <C>
    Raw materials                                  $14,703   $13,443
    Semi-finished and finished products             50,978    54,795
    Supplies                                         8,172     8,787
 
                                                   $73,853   $77,025
</TABLE>
 
Leases - The Company frequently enters into operating leases in the normal
course of business.  Amounts due under noncancelable operating leases in the
next five fiscal years are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 1995      1996      1997      1998      1999
<S>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
$5,875    $5,357    $4,866    $3,939    $3,577
</TABLE>
 
Rent expense charged to operating income was $11,853, $11,271, and $13,473
in 1994, 1993, and 1992, respectively.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
Property, Plant and Equipment and Depreciation - For financial reporting
purposes, plant and equipment are depreciated principally on a straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Depreciation claimed for
income tax purposes is computed by use of accelerated methods.

Upon sale or disposal of property, plant and equipment, the asset cost and
related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or
loss on the disposal is generally credited or charged to nonoperating income.
(In 1992, gains and losses on disposals related to the 1989 restructuring
program were included in operating income as restructuring charges.)  (See Note
3).
 
Expenditures for renewals and betterments which extend the originally estimated
useful life of an asset or materially increase its productivity are
capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as
incurred. Property, plant and equipment by category at December 25, 1994 and
December 26, 1993 were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1994        1993
<S>                                      <C>         <C>
At Cost:
 Land                                    $   6,946   $   6,729
 Buildings                                  75,788      74,175
 Equipment                                 294,239     284,060
 Construction in progress                    5,867       4,222
                                           382,840     369,186
 Less-Depreciation                        (237,106)   (219,495)
                                         $ 145,734   $ 149,691
</TABLE>

Goodwill - Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair
value of the net assets of acquired companies and is amortized on a straight-
line method over periods not exceeding thirty years.  The Company carries its
goodwill assets at their purchase prices, less amortized amounts, but subject
to annual review for impairment.  During the fourth quarter of 1994, the
Company changed its accounting policy for valuation of its long-lived assets,
primarily goodwill, to reflect its cost of capital in calculating the present
value of the projected future cash flows expected to be generated over the
lives of those assets.  Previously, the cash flows were used without
discounting or allocation of interest cost.  Under the new policy, projections
of cash flows for individual business units are discounted at the approximate
incremental cost of borrowing for the Company.  This discounted amount is then
compared to the carrying value of the long-lived assets to determine if their
value is impaired. (See Note 2).

Foreign Currency Translation - The financial position and results of operations
of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are measured using local currency as the
functional currency.  Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are
translated at the exchange rate in effect at each year end.  Results of
operations are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during
the year.  Translation adjustments arising from differences in exchange rates
from period to period are included in the accumulated foreign currency
translation adjustments account in shareholders' equity.

Foreign Exchange Contracts - The Company periodically enters into foreign ex-
change contracts to hedge specific inventory purchases and other transactions
denominated in foreign currencies.  Premiums received and fees paid on foreign
exchange contracts are deferred and amortized over the period of the contracts.
At December 25, 1994, the Company had outstanding currency contracts to
exchange $1,918 for foreign currency (including Canadian dollars, Australian
dollars, deutsche marks, pounds sterling, Japanese yen and Belgian francs).
The Company's exposure to loss in the event of nonperformance by the other
parties to these contracts is limited to the effect of the currency
fluctuations related to the amounts to be exchanged; however, the Company does
not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
Interest Rate Hedges - The Company utilizes swap agreements to hedge a portion
of its interest rate exposure on floating rate obligations (see Note 14).
Interest expense increases or decreases are accrued as they occur and are
settled on a quarterly basis.  At current interest rates the Company has no
exposure to credit loss.

Research and Development Expenses - Research and development expenditures for
Company sponsored projects are generally expensed as incurred.  Research and
development expenses included in selling and administrative expenses were
$2,107, $2,153, and $2,209 for the Engineered Materials segment in 1994, 1993,
and 1992, respectively, and $1,303, $1,092, and $607 for the Handling/Packaging
Systems segment in 1994, 1993, and 1992, respectively.

Deferred Taxes - Certain prior year deferred tax amounts were reclassified
to conform to current year presentation.

NOTE 2 Goodwill Write-down

Prior to the fourth quarter of 1994, impairment with respect to the Company's
long-lived assets was determined by comparing the sum of the undiscounted
projected future cash flows attributable to each business unit to the carrying
value of the assets of that business unit.  Projected future cash flows for each
business unit were estimated for a period approximating the remaining lives of
that business unit's long-lived assets, based on earnings history, market 
conditions and assumptions reflected in internal operating plans and 
strategies.  In 1993, under this analysis, the Company determined that the cash 
flows from each business unit would be sufficient to recover the carrying value
of its long-lived assets and, therefore, that the value of such assets was not
impaired.

In the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company concluded that, in the light of its
highly leveraged capital structure, a preferable accounting policy for analy-
zing the potential impairment of long-lived assets would be to reflect the cost
of capital in computing the present value of the expected cash flows of its
businesses.  Applying this new policy to all of its long-lived assets the
Company determined, with respect to its Aerospace Components and newspaper-
related Packaging businesses, that in the light of the significant deteriora-
tion in business climates in the aerospace and newspaper industries over recent
years, the values of the discounted cash flows were insufficient to recover the
carrying value of the long-lived assets. Therefore, the goodwill included among
those assets was deemed to be impaired.  As a result, a charge of $34,174 was
recorded for the write-down of goodwill established in connection with the
acquisitions of the Aerospace Components and newspaper-related Packaging
businesses.  As of December 25, 1994, the remaining net investment in these
businesses was approximately equal to the value of the discounted projected
cash flows attributable to them, and consisted primarily of tangible assets.

The Company intends to continue to annually assess the carrying values of its
long-lived assets using the analysis described above.

NOTE 3 Restructuring Charges

In 1993, the Company provided $5,611 for restructuring costs related to:  the
exit from certain lines of business that were part of Handling North America;
reorganization and downsizing of portions of the European Handling operation;
and, in the Aerospace Components business, the abandonment of certain product
lines which resulted in idled equipment and severance costs related to a
downsizing of the Aviation Repair workforce.  The $5,611 consisted of $1,676 in
severance costs, $1,515 of idled equipment written-down to fair market value,
$1,367 of inventory related to the exited businesses and $1,053 of other costs.
Quantification of the anticipated effects of the restructuring on future 
operating results is not practical because some of the actions were taken to 
avoid future costs while other actions were strategic in nature and implemented 
to limit exposure to changing market dynamics.  These restructuring activities 
are substantially complete and the remaining reserves are immaterial to the 
Company as a whole.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
In 1992, the Company recorded $2,523 of additional costs related to unfavorable
adjustments on assets held for sale as part of an asset sale program.  The
Company developed this program in 1989 as part of an overall restructuring
program which modified its strategic operating plan.  The modified strategic
operating plan identified certain businesses and Corporate assets to be dis-
posed of and implemented major Corporate cost reductions.  Most of the desig-
nated businesses were sold or shut-down in 1990.  The 1992 adjustment reflected
the decline in real-estate value of two properties held for sale, both of which 
were former Handling operations.

NOTE 4 Cumulative Effect of Changes in Accounting Principles

In the fourth quarter of 1992, the Company changed its method of accounting for
postretirement benefits and income taxes by adopting pronouncements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board which are mandatory for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1992.  The one-time cumulative effect of these new
accounting standards on income was a net charge of $6,141 which was reported
retroactively to the beginning of fiscal 1992.  Such accounting changes did not
affect cash flows in 1992 and will not affect future cash flows.

The Company provides certain medical and life insurance benefits to qualifying
domestic retirees.  In 1992, the Company changed its method of accounting for
these postretirement benefits by adopting the Financial Accounting Standards
Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (FAS) No. 106, "Employers'
Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions".  This change
recognized the difference between the estimated accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation under FAS No. 106 ($34,477) and the obligation accrued under
the Company's previous accrual method ($20,439) by making a charge against
income of $14,038 ($9,265 after taxes, equivalent to $.56 per share)
retroactively to the beginning of the fiscal year.

In the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company elected to adopt FAS No. 106 for its
foreign plans.  Adoption is mandatory for foreign plans for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1994.  The one-time cumulative effect of this
adoption on income was a net charge of $194 ($.01 per share) which was reported
retroactively to the beginning of fiscal 1994.

In 1992, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes by adop-
ting the Financial Accounting Standards Board's FAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes".  In making this change, the Company recognized the cumulative
effect of the difference in accounting methods as a $3,124 credit to earnings
(equivalent to $.19 per share) retroactive to the beginning of the fiscal year.

NOTE 5 Extraordinary Loss

In 1992, the Company refinanced certain long-term debt and entered into a
comprehensive amendment and restatement of its bank credit agreement.  This
necessitated the write-off of issuance costs related to this previously
outstanding indebtedness which were originally deferred so that they could be
expensed over the original lives of such indebtedness.  This resulted in an
extraordinary loss of $7,567 without any currently usable tax benefit in 1992
(equivalent to $.46 per share).

The cash flow impact of the early extinguishment of debt was immaterial.
However, new debt issuance costs had a negative cash flow consequence of
$11,952 in 1992 which was deducted in determining net cash provided (used) by
operating activities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

NOTE 6 Business Segment Information

The Company operates in two segments, each of which is composed of products
which have a similar strategic emphasis.  The two business segments are:

   Engineered Materials - includes Special Materials, which produces
   ferrous metal powder used to manufacture precision parts, and
   Aerospace Components, which manufactures precision jet engine
   components and repairs jet engine fan blades.

   Handling/Packaging Systems - is comprised of the Company's Handling
   operations, which design, manufacture and sell storage rack,
   shelving and related equipment primarily for use in warehouses,
   distribution centers and for other storage applications; and the
   Company's Packaging operations, which design and sell machinery
   for applying strapping and stitching wire, and also supply
   strapping and stitching wire for use in such machines.

                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
The accompanying tables present financial information by business segment for
the years 1994, 1993, and 1992.  Operating profit consists of net sales of the
segment less all costs and expenses related to the segment.  "Corporate Items"
includes items which are not related to either of the two business segments.
Total assets by business segment consist of those assets used directly in the
operations of each segment.  Corporate net assets consist principally of cash,
nonoperating investments, prepaid pension cost and liabilities related to
closed plants.
 
Information About The Company's Business Segments
(in millions)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Net Sales            Operating Profit (Loss)    Identifiable Assets
                                                        1994     1993     1992     1994     1993      1992    1994    1993    1992
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Engineered Materials
  Special Materials                                     $153.9   $131.5   $122.5
  Aerospace Components                                    62.5     61.0     67.5
 
                                                         216.4    192.5    190.0   $ 32.3   $ 26.3    $29.6
  Goodwill Write-down                                                               (13.2)
  Restructuring Charge                                                                        (1.8)
 
                                                         216.4    192.5    190.0     19.1     24.5     29.6   $166.6  $178.3  $173.5

 
Handling/Packaging Systems
  Handling                                               406.0    366.7    395.3
  Packaging                                              130.2    122.1    122.9
 
                                                         536.2    488.8    518.2     28.1     19.1     24.0
  Goodwill Write-down                                                               (21.0)
  Restructuring Charge                                                                        (3.8)    (2.5)
 
                                                         536.2    488.8    518.2      7.1     15.3     21.5    252.1   265.6   279.4

 
Corporate Items                                                                      (2.0)    (1.6)    (0.7)    26.3    20.3    58.4

 
Operating Profit                                                                     24.2     38.2     50.4
 
Net Interest Expense                                                                (50.2)   (49.1)   (51.4)
Nonoperating Income (Expense)                                                         0.5     (5.3)    (0.5)
 
 
Consolidated Totals                                     $752.6   $681.3   $708.2   $(25.5)  $(16.2)   $(1.5)  $445.0  $464.2  $511.3

 
Depreciation and Amortization
  Engineered Materials                                  $ 11.7   $ 12.2   $ 11.8
  Handling/Packaging Systems                              11.2     12.6     15.5
  Corporate Items                                          0.2      0.2      0.2
 
Consolidated Total                                      $ 23.1   $ 25.0   $ 27.5
 
Capital Expenditures
  Engineered Materials                                  $  8.3   $  9.0   $ 15.5
  Handling/Packaging Systems                               7.2      5.5      9.1
 
Consolidated Total                                      $ 15.5   $ 14.5   $ 24.6
 
Liquidation of LIFO Inventory Quantities
  Engineered Materials                                  $        $        $   .4
  Handling/Packaging Systems                               1.0      1.2      1.5
</TABLE>

                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
Information About The Company's Operations by Geographic Region
 
The following table presents information about the Company's operations by
geographic area.  Transfers between geographic areas, which are all in the
Handling/Packaging Systems segment, are made at prices which approximate the
prices of similar items sold to distributors. Operating profit by geographic
area is the difference between net sales attributable to the area and all costs
and expenses related to that area.  Export sales to unaffiliated customers
included in the United States' sales are not material.  Sales to domestic and
foreign government agencies are not material.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Net Sales            Operating Profit (Loss)    Identifiable Assets
                                                        1994     1993     1992     1994     1993      1992    1994    1993    1992
                                                                                        (in millions)
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
United States
  Customer Sales                                        $439.1   $390.0   $363.5
  Inter-geographic                                         3.3      2.6      3.6
 
 Subtotal                                                442.4    392.6    367.1   $ 43.1   $ 32.1    $32.7
  Goodwill Write-down                                                               (34.2)        
  Restructuring Charge                                                                        (3.8)
 
                                                         442.4    392.6    367.1      8.9     28.3     32.7   $240.1  $275.1  $274.4

 
Europe
  Customer Sales                                         210.1    206.5    256.5
  Inter-geographic                                         2.8      1.4      1.2
 
 Subtotal                                                212.9    207.9    257.7     11.4      9.6     17.3
  Restructuring Charge                                                                        (1.1)    (1.6)
 
                                                         212.9    207.9    257.7     11.4      8.5     15.7    100.8    94.7   106.3

 
Canada and Asia Pacific
  Customer Sales                                         103.4     84.8     88.2
  Inter-geographic                                         2.9      1.2      2.2
 
 Subtotal                                                106.3     86.0     90.4      5.9      3.7      3.6
  Restructuring Charge                                                                        (0.7)    (0.9)
 
                                                         106.3     86.0     90.4      5.9      3.0      2.7     77.8    74.1    72.2

 
Corporate Items/Eliminations                              (9.0)    (5.2)    (7.0)    (2.0)    (1.6)    (0.7)    26.3    20.3    58.4

 
Operating Profit                                                                     24.2     38.2     50.4
 
Net Interest Expense                                                                 (50.2)  (49.1)   (51.4)
Nonoperating Income (Expense)                                                          0.5    (5.3)    (0.5)
 
Consolidated Totals                                     $752.6   $681.3   $708.2   $(25.5)  $(16.2)  $ (1.5)  $445.0  $464.2  $511.3

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
Liquidation of LIFO Inventory Quantities
 United States                                  $0.1      $         $ 1.1
 Europe                                          0.6        1.1       0.7
 Canada and Asia Pacific                         0.3        0.1       0.1
</TABLE>

                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 7 Income Taxes
 
Pretax income (loss) consisted of:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1994       1993       1992
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
   Domestic                           $(39,187)  $(25,482)  $(16,854)
   Foreign                              13,654      9,258     15,328
 
                                      $(25,533)  $(16,224)  $ (1,526)
The provisions for taxes
on income consisted of:
  Current:
   U.S. Federal                       $  2,688   $    602   $  1,080
   State                                 2,892      2,343        689
   Foreign                               3,001      3,697      6,527
   Total                                 8,581      6,642      8,296
 
  Deferred:
   U.S. Federal                         (3,493)
   State
   Foreign                               1,676       (100)       744
   Total                                (1,817)      (100)       744
 
  Benefit of Net Operating
  Loss Carryforwards:
   U.S. Federal                          3,172
   Foreign                                 952
   Total                                 4,124
   Tax Provision                      $ 10,888   $  6,542   $  9,040
</TABLE>

In 1993 and 1992, high levels of interest expense resulted in losses for U.S.
federal tax purposes.  Because most of the interest expense is borne in the
United States at the parent company level, throughout the period the Company
had taxable income in foreign and state jurisdictions despite the high levels
of consolidated interest expense.  Foreign taxes paid did not result in a ben-
efit in the U.S. and, as a result, the Company had tax expense in 1994, 1993,
and 1992, notwithstanding consolidated pretax losses in each of those years.

In 1994, a small amount of domestic taxable income was generated as the write-
down of goodwill did not increase the deduction allowable for tax purposes.
This taxable income was offset with the carryforward of prior year losses.  The
Company also provided for additional amounts related to open federal tax
returns for the years 1982 through 1990.  In addition, in 1994 the Company had
a small amount of income subject to Alternative Minimum Tax (AMT) in the U.S.
because of certain restrictions on the amount of net operating loss that can be
carried forward for purposes of calculating that tax.

The federal tax net operating loss carryforward, which was $19,878 at the end
of 1994, will not begin to expire until 2006.  (The tax effect of this benefit
was fully reserved for in the valuation allowance.)

Actual cash disbursements for income taxes and other tax assessments were
$4,844, $8,586, and $16,151 in 1994, 1993, and 1992, respectively.  Because of
the Company's tax situation in 1994, 1993, and 1992, effective tax rate
analysis would not be meaningful.

                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
Deferred tax liabilities and assets are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1994       1993
<S>                                               <C>        <C>
              Deferred tax liabilities
               Depreciation                       $ 20,123   $ 19,771
               Other                                 3,034      3,156
                                                  $ 23,157   $ 22,927
              Deferred tax assets
               Deferred employee benefits         $ 16,905   $ 16,400
               Net operating loss carryforward       8,557     12,681
               AMT credit carryforwards              2,168      2,078
               Inventory                             3,407      4,188
               Recapitalization costs                2,049      2,419
               Environmental reserves                2,189      2,884
               Other                                 3,795      5,681
                                                    39,070     46,331
              Valuation allowances                 (18,165)   (23,489)
                                                  $ 20,905   $ 22,842
</TABLE>

As of December 25, 1994, U.S. federal income tax returns for the years 1988
through 1990 were in the process of examination.  Resolution of tax years 1982-
1984 is pending with the U.S. Tax Court following receipt in 1994 by the
Company of a statutory notice for $17,000 plus penalties and interest.
Resolution of tax years 1985-1987 is pending with the Appeals Division of the
Internal Revenue Service.  The Company believes that adequate provision has
been made for possible assessments of additional taxes.

No provision has been made for U.S. income taxes on approximately $25,967 of
undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, some of which are subject to
statutory restrictions on distribution.

NOTE 8 Pensions

The Company has various defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans
which among them cover substantially all employees.

The provision for defined benefit pension costs includes current costs,
interest costs, actual return on plan assets, amortization of the unrecognized
net asset existing at the date of transition and net unrealized gains and
losses.  Benefits are computed based mainly on years of service and compen-
sation during the latter years of employment.  Company contributions are
determined according to the funding requirements set forth by ERISA and in the
case of foreign plans local statutory requirements.

Certain of the Company's defined benefit plans relate to foreign locations and
are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars.  All plans use similar
economic assumptions.  The following table sets forth the funded status of the
ongoing, domestic and foreign defined benefit plans and the amounts included in 
the year-end balance sheet. The Company's plans were generally overfunded and 
the underfunded plans which existed were not significant.

                                     F-14
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1994       1993
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
   Plan assets at fair value                                                       $131,387   $142,009
   Actuarial present value of
   accumulated benefit obligation:
    Vested benefits                                                                 108,143    110,693
    Non-vested benefits                                                               1,243        907
                                                                                    109,386    111,600
   Effect of assumed future compensation increases                                   13,452     10,010
   Projected benefit obligation for service to date                                 122,838    121,610
   Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation                              8,549     20,399
    Items not yet recognized in earnings:
    Unrecognized net asset at December 28, 1986
    (being recognized over 15 years)                                                 13,881     15,704
    Unrecognized net actuarial gain (loss)                                           (6,231)     3,834
    Unrecognized prior service cost                                                  (6,456)    (5,033)
                                                                                      1,194     14,505
 
    Prepaid (Accrued) pension liability                                            $  7,355   $  5,894
</TABLE>
 
Net pension cost (income) included in operating profit for these plans consists
of the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1994       1993       1992
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
 Service cost                                                                      $  3,679   $  3,068   $ 3,232
 Interest cost                                                                        9,747      9,298     9,596
 Actual return on plan assets [(income) loss]                                        (6,795)   (12,107)   (9,923)
 Net amortization and deferred items                                                 (7,657)      (434)   (3,177)
 Net pension cost (income)                                                         $ (1,026)  $   (175)  $  (272)
 Assumptions used in the computations:
  Assumed discount rate                                                               7.5-9%       7-9%      7-9%
  Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets                                    8.5-9%       7-9%      7-9%
  Rate of increase in future compensation levels                                        4-7%       4-6%      5-7%
</TABLE>

Pension plan assets are primarily invested in common and preferred stock, short
and intermediate term cash investments, and corporate bonds.

The expense for the Company's defined contribution pension plans covering
certain domestic employees was $1,835, $2,267, and $2,307 in 1994, 1993, and
1992, respectively.  Annual contributions to defined contribution plans are
equal to the amounts accrued during the year.

In 1989, the Company established a non-contributory, defined contribution
employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) covering all domestic employees not
covered by collective bargaining agreements.  Company contributions are
allocated to participants based on the ratio each participant's compensation
bears to the total compensation of all eligible participants. The Company makes
contributions to the plan in the amount necessary to enable the plan to make
its regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest on its term loan
under the bank credit agreement (see Note 13).  Amounts charged to employee
benefits and interest during the year totalled $1,307 and $741, respectively,
in 1994, $1,508 and $703, respectively, in 1993, and $1,307 and $846,
respectively, in 1992.

NOTE 9 Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions

The Company has unfunded postretirement health care and death benefit plans
covering certain domestic employees and retirees. Effective as of the beginning
of 1992, the Company adopted FAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions", for these domestic retiree
benefit plans.  Under FAS No. 106, the Company is required to accrue the
estimated cost of retiree benefit payments, other than pensions, during the
employee's active service period.  The cost of postretirement benefits
historically has been actuarially determined and accrued over the working lives
of employees expected to receive benefits with prior service costs being
accrued over periods not exceeding twenty-five years.

                                     F-15
<PAGE>
 
The Company elected to recognize this change in accounting on the immediate
recognition basis.  The difference between the estimated accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation under FAS No. 106 ($34,477) and the unfunded
obligation accrued under the Company's previous accounting method ($20,439) was
charged against earnings as of the beginning of fiscal 1992 ($14,038).  The
related balance sheet effect was an increase to long-term liabilities of
$14,038.

Effective as of the beginning of fiscal 1994, the Company adopted FAS No. 106
for its foreign plans. This change in accounting principle required restatement
of previously reported first quarter 1994 results by a charge of $194.

The following table sets forth the status of the plans, reconciled to the
accrued postretirement benefit cost recognized in the Company's year-end
balance sheet.
 
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1994      1993
<S>                                                                            <C>       <C>
      Retirees                                                                 $22,751   $26,171
      Fully eligible active plan participants                                    2,203     2,436
      Other active plan participants                                             1,975     2,245
    Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation                         26,929    30,852
    Unrecognized prior service cost                                              2,177     2,341
    Unrecognized gain (loss)                                                     5,595     1,511
    Accrued postretirement benefit cost                                        $34,701   $34,704
</TABLE>
 
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost included the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1994      1993      1992
<S>                                                                            <C>       <C>       <C>
    Service cost on benefits earned                                            $   205   $   242   $   464
    Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
     benefit obligation                                                          2,062     2,389     2,808
    Unrecognized prior service cost                                               (164)     (123)
    Unrecognized gain (loss)                                                      (118)      (57)
    Net periodic postretirement benefit cost charged
     to results from operations                                                $ 1,985   $ 2,451   $ 3,272
</TABLE>
 
For measuring the expected postretirement benefit obligation, a 14% annual rate
of increase in the per capita claims cost was assumed for 1994.  This rate was
assumed to decrease 1% per year to 6% in 2002 and remain at that level
thereafter.  The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 8.5% at December 31, 1994 and
7.5% at December 31, 1993.  The rate of compensation increase used to measure
the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the death benefit plans
was 4% in both 1994 and 1993.

If the health care cost trend rate were increased 1%, the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 1994 would have increased
by 5%.  The effect of this change on the aggregate of service and interest cost
for 1994 would be an increase of 5%.

The provision for postretirement benefits other than pensions included in
operating profit was $1,107, $167, and $1,958 in 1994, 1993, and 1992,
respectively.  In 1993, costs were down from 1992 because of benefit changes
made by the Company in the second quarter which resulted in a curtailment gain
of $1,141.  The provision for such costs included in nonoperating income was
$878, $1,143, and $1,314 in 1994, 1993, and 1992, respectively.

                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 10 Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock

As part of its 1992 financing plan, the Company issued 40,000 shares of Series
A Preferred Stock.  The preferred stock is convertible into common stock at an
initial conversion price of $6.50 per share and bears a 9% per annum dividend
payable semi-annually beginning December 31, 1992.  To the extent dividends are
not paid in cash on a semi-annual dividend payment date, an adjustment is made
which reduces the per share conversion price.  Upon such an adjustment, all
accrued and unpaid dividends on the shares of preferred stock through the date
of adjustment cease to be accrued and unpaid.  Due to restrictions in the bank
credit agreement and the indenture under which the Senior Subordinated
Debentures were issued, it is not expected that cash dividends will be paid on
the preferred stock for the foreseeable future.  Accordingly, it is expected
that the conversion price of the preferred stock will continue to decline
approximately 4.5% on each semi-annual dividend payment date,  resulting in an
increase in the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of the preferred stock.  As a result of the operation of these
dividend adjustment provisions of the preferred stock, the conversion price of
the preferred stock was reduced to $5.20 per share as of December 31, 1994.  In
addition, to the extent dividends are not paid on the preferred stock in cash,
the liquidation preference on the preferred stock increases at a rate of 9% per
year, compounded semi-annually, and as of December 31, 1994 was $50,000.  Upon
certain events defined as "changes in control" or fundamental changes, the
holders of the convertible preferred stock have the right to require the
Company to purchase the shares, subject to certain limitations.

NOTE 11 Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)

As part of its 1992 financing plan, the Company sold 11,488,000 shares of
common stock, par value $1 per share, in an underwritten public offering at an
initial public offering price of $4.00 per share.  The net proceeds of this
sale of $41,759 were added to common stock and additional paid-in capital in
the amounts of $11,488 and $30,271, respectively.  Each share of common stock
has the right to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the
shareholders of the Company.

A new class of non-voting common stock with a par value of $1 per share was
created, of which 15,000,000 shares were authorized.  None has been issued.
Shares of non-voting common stock have no voting rights except as otherwise
provided or as required by law.

No dividend payments were made in 1994, 1993, and 1992 and, due to restrictions
in the bank credit agreement and the indenture for the Senior Subordinated
Debentures, it is not expected that cash dividends will be paid in the
foreseeable future.

The Company established an ESOP in 1989 with an initial contribution of 10,000
shares, followed by the sale of 1,100,000 shares to the ESOP.  Under a related
stock purchase program, Interlake undertook to purchase the lesser of 1,100,000
shares or the number of shares purchasable for $16,088 in the open market or in
privately negotiated transactions.  As of December 25, 1994, a total of 893,739
shares had been acquired at a cost of $11,083, unchanged from the prior year
end.

Unearned compensation represents estimated future charges to income by reason
of the ESOP and stock awards previously granted.  Principal and interest
payments on the ESOP borrowings are charged against earnings as employee
compensation and interest expenses, respectively.

In 1989, the Board of Directors declared a stock right dividend distribution.
The purpose of these rights is to protect the Company against certain unfair
and abusive takeover tactics.  In certain circumstances, shareholders, other
than certain holders of 15% or more of Interlake's stock, have the right to
purchase Interlake stock from Interlake for less than its market price.  In
certain circumstances, Interlake shareholders can purchase, for less than
market value, shares of a company which acquires The Interlake Corporation.

                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 12 Stock Incentive Plans

The Company has in place two stock incentive programs adopted by its Board of
Directors and approved by the shareholders - the 1986 Stock Incentive Program
(the "1986 Program") and the 1989 Stock Incentive Program (the "1989 Program"
and, together with the 1986 Program, the "Stock Incentive Programs"). The Stock
Incentive Programs provide for the grant of awards of and options for shares of
the Company's common stock to officers, key employees and outside directors of
the Company and its subsidiaries.  The 1989 Program also provides for the grant
of shares of common stock in lieu of cash bonuses and the 1986 Program also
provides for the grant of stock appreciation rights.

A summary of stock option activity under the Stock Incentive Programs follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1994                       1993
                                                                             Average                    Average
                                                               Shares         Price        Shares        Price
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
   Stock Options:
 
    Outstanding-beginning of year                              1,188,162      $   6.15     1,331,955     $6.81
    Granted                                                                                  106,000      4.09
    Exercised
    Canceled or expired                                         (111,874)         6.13      (249,793)     8.77
    Outstanding-end of year                                    1,076,288          6.15     1,188,162      6.15
    Exercisable-end of year                                      535,663          8.31       427,937      9.95
 
   Available shares                                              908,529                     796,655
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 13 Long-Term Debt and Credit Arrangements
 
Long-term debt of the Company consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                    December 25,   Interest     December 26,   Interest
                                                                 1994         Rates          1993         Rates
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
 Senior Subordinated Debentures                               $  220,000        12.13%    $  220,000        12.13%
 Term Loans                                                       94,383    8.00-8.63         94,136    5.69-8.44
 Delayed Draw Term Loan                                           11,125         8.00         11,125         5.69
 Deferred Term Loans                                               7,500         8.00          7,500         5.69
 Revolving Loans                                                  76,314    8.00-8.63         76,031    5.69-8.44
 ESOP Note                                                        10,055         8.00         11,261         5.69
 Obligations under long-term lease agreements                      8,930    6.13-7.88         10,230    6.13-7.88
 Pollution control and industrial development
  loan agreements                                                 12,150    6.25-7.13         12,150    6.25-7.13
 Other                                                             1,994                         702
                                                                 442,451                     443,135
 Less-current maturities                                          24,553                       2,525
 
                                                              $  417,898                  $  440,610
 Weighted average interest rate                                                 11.66%                      11.39%
</TABLE>

                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
During 1992, the Company implemented a financing plan which included the sale
of $220,000 of 12 1/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due in 2002, redemption
of $200,000 of subordinated increasing rate notes, repayment of $51,074 of
long-term bank debt, and entering into an agreement with its bank group which
amended and restated the Company's bank credit agreement to modify payment and
other terms.  Certain covenants in the agreement were further modified in 1993
and again early in 1995.

At the end of 1994, the bank credit agreement provided facilities for term
loans of $118,792, revolving loans of up to $102,114 (subject to limitations
described below), and ESOP loans of $10,055.  Principal repayments for term and
revolving loans are due in varying annual amounts from 1995 through 1998.
Principal amounts for ESOP loans are due in varying amounts through 1999.

Under the terms of the bank credit agreement, the Company pays a commitment fee
of 1/2 percent on unused credit facilities and, in 1994, had the option to
borrow funds under the revolving and term facilities at the prime rate plus
1 3/4 percent, or various London Interbank Offered Rates (LIBOR) plus 2 3/4
percent, with such rates adjusted periodically.  The bank credit agreement bor-
rowing rates at December 25, 1994 ranged from 8.00% to 8.625%.  The bank credit
agreement also required the Company to enter into long-term interest rate swap
agreements to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on its floating
rate long-term debt.  At the end of 1994, the Company had interest rate hedging
arrangements with members of the bank group limiting interest rates on $113,000
of debt under the bank credit agreement to 8.57% plus the applicable spread.
These agreements mature on a quarterly basis through 1997.  Without the swap
agreements, the weighted average cost of borrowing would have been 1.2
percentage points lower in 1994, 1.6 lower in 1993 and 1.4 lower in 1992.  The
expiration dates of the swap agreements correlate to the original schedule of
principal term loan repayment dates and extend, on a declining basis, through
the final maturity of the term loans.
 
The long-term lease obligations relate principally to capitalized pollution
control facilities. The interest rates on these obligations vary from 6.125% to
7.875%.  Principal repayments are due in varying amounts through 2002.

The Company has borrowed funds under several loan agreements with state and
county pollution control and industrial development authorities to finance
certain environmental and facility expansion and improvement projects. Interest
rates on these obligations vary from 6.25% to 7.125%.  Principal repayments are
to be made in various amounts from 1998 to 2009. At the time of the spin-off of
Acme Steel Company from the Company in 1986, Acme assumed an obligation to pay
the Company for pollution control bonds related to its facilities, which are
currently outstanding for $6,000.

The schedule of debt repayment requirements for the five years following 1994
are as follows:

            1995   $24,553
            1996    88,824
            1997    80,262
            1998    11,544
            1999     4,095

Although there can be no assurances, based on current levels of performance the
Company believes it will be able to comply with all bank credit agreement
covenants in 1995.  In 1996, the Company has long-term debt amortization
requirements of $88,824 and, potentially, significant payments related to tax
matters (see "Provision for Income Taxes") which it does not expect to be able
to meet from operating cash flow. The Company continues to evaluate alternative
actions to refinance some or all of its long-term bank obligations including
among others the raising of new equity capital and the issuance of replacement
debt.

                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
Under the bank credit agreement the Company is limited in its ability to pay
cash dividends and repurchase its common stock.  There are no plans to pay
dividends in the immediate future and stock repurchases will be limited to
those related to the ESOP.  In addition to scheduled repayments of debt, the
bank credit agreement requires certain mandatory prepayments in connection with
asset dispositions, issuances of stock, incurrence of indebtedness and
generation of annual excess cash flows.  The bank credit agreement contains
covenants relating to earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and
amortization, capital expenditures and net worth, and limits the amount of
revolving loan balance outstanding.  Substantially all of the Company's assets
are pledged under the bank credit agreement.

Actual cash disbursements for interest were $49,413, $48,326, and $41,179 in
1994, 1993, and 1992, respectively.

At December 25, 1994 the Company had unamortized deferred debt issuance costs
of $9,021 included in other assets which are being amortized as part of
interest expense over the lives of the related debt issues.  Amortization
included in interest expense was $2,199, $1,786, and $1,594, in 1994, 1993,
and 1992, respectively.

Under the bank credit agreement, the Company will be able to borrow under its
revolving facility up to an additional $44,000 over the year-end revolving
indebtedness.   However, outstanding revolver borrowings at the end of each of
the Company's fiscal 1995 quarters will be limited to between $17,000 and
$29,000 above the year-end 1994 revolver borrowings.   In addition, the Company
will have up to $6,000 of deferred term loan availability during the year for
amounts incurred on certain environmental matters.

NOTE 14 Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate
that value:

Cash and cash equivalents - The carrying amount approximates fair value
because of the short maturities of such instruments.

Other assets - The fair values for financial instruments included in other
assets were estimated based on quoted market prices for the same or similar
issues.

Long-term debt (See Note 13) - The interest rate on the Company's bank debt
is reset every quarter to reflect current market rates.  Consequently, the
carrying value of the bank debt approximates fair value.  The fair values of
the long-term debt other than bank debt were estimated based on quoted market
prices for the same or similar issues.

Convertible exchangeable preferred stock (See Note 10) - The fair value of
the preferred stock, which was issued in a private placement, is estimated at
its carrying value as such stock is not traded in the open market and a
market price is not readily available.

Foreign exchange contracts (See Note 1) - The fair value associated with the
foreign currency contracts has been estimated by valuing the net position of
the contracts using applicable spot rates and thirty day forward rates as of
the end of the fiscal year.

Interest rate swap agreements (See Note 13) - The fair value of interest rate
swaps (used for hedging purposes) is the estimated amount that the Company
would pay to terminate the swap agreements at the reporting date, taking into
account current interest rates and the present creditworthiness of the swap
counterparties.  Under the restrictions of the bank credit agreement, the
Company does not expect to cancel these agreements, and expects them to
expire as originally contracted.

                                     F-20
<PAGE>
 
The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         December 25,         December 26,
                                                             1994                 1993
                                                      Carrying   Fair      Carrying   Fair
                                                       Amount    Value      Amount    Value
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
          Cash and cash equivalents                   $ 39,708  $ 39,708   $ 31,934  $ 31,934
          Other assets                                   6,000     5,220      6,942     6,996
          Long-term debt<F1>                           433,521   418,440    432,905   435,754
          Convertible exchangeable preferred stock      39,155    39,155     39,155    39,155
          Foreign currency contract assets                           (43)                 (75)
          Interest rate swap liabilities                   932     1,838      1,824    12,226
<FN>
<F1>   Includes current maturities and excludes capitalized long-term leases
</TABLE>

NOTE 15 Environmental Matters

In connection with the reorganization of the old Interlake, Inc. (now Acme
Steel Company ("Acme")) in 1986, the Company, then newly-formed, indemnified
Acme against certain environmental liabilities relating to properties which had
been shut down or disposed of by Acme's iron and steel division prior to the
1986 reorganization.  The Company recorded a charge of $6 million in 1991 and
charges of $4.8 million in 1993 for anticipated liabilities for environmental
matters relating to nonoperating sites.  As of December 25, 1994, the Company's
reserves for environmental liabilities totalled $6.2 million.

Based on its current estimate of its potential environmental liabilities,
including all contingent liabilities, individually and in the aggregate,
asserted and unasserted, the Company believes that the costs of environmental
matters have been fully provided for or are unlikely to have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, future results of operations, liquidity or
consolidated financial condition. In arriving at its current estimate of its
potential environmental liabilities, the Company has relied upon the estimates
and analysis of its environmental consultants and legal advisors, as well as
its own evaluation, and has considered:  the probable scope and cost of
investigations and remediations for which the Company expects to have
liability; the likelihood  of the Company being found liable for the claims
asserted or threatened against it; and the risk of other responsible parties
not being able to meet their obligations with respect to clean-ups.  In
estimating its potential environmental liabilities, the Company has not taken
into consideration any potential recoveries from insurance companies, although
in May 1994 the Company instituted an action seeking a declaratory judgment
against and recoveries from insurers under policies covering nearly 30 years.
The Company's estimate has not been discounted to reflect the time-value of
money, although a significant delay in implementation of certain of the
remedies thought to be probable could result in cost estimates increasing due
to inflation.

The Company's current estimates of its potential environmental liabilities are
subject to considerable uncertainty due to the continuing uncertainty
surrounding one of the sites for which the Company is responsible pursuant to
its indemnity of Acme -- namely, the Superfund site on the St. Louis River in
Duluth, Minnesota (the "Duluth Site").  These uncertainties relate to both the
clean-up of certain contaminated soils at the site, as well as the remediation
of certain underwater sediments.  In the light of these uncertainties, the
Company's estimates could be subject to change in the future.

                                     F-21
<PAGE>
 
With respect to the contaminated soils, the Company has conducted certain
investigations at the request of the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
("MPCA"), including a study outlining a broad range of remedial alternatives
and associated costs.  The alternatives studied have included both those that
assume that the Duluth Site will be used for industrial purposes, consistent
with its current and historical uses, and those that would meet standards for
unrestricted use. The Company and the MPCA are engaged in discussions regarding
the development of a work plan for clean-up to industrial use standards.  The
costs of the alternatives for clean-up to industrial use standards believed to
be most appropriate by the Company range from $3 million to $4 million.
However, the Company has reviewed other remedial plans for the contaminated
soils which also contemplate the continued industrial use of the property but
which could cost as much as $20 million, due to their being based upon certain
risk assessments and other assumptions which the Company believes to be overly
conservative.  The Company expects to arrive at an agreed-upon work plan with
the MPCA, based on appropriate assumptions, sometime during 1995, but there can
be no assurance it will do so.

With respect to the underwater sediments, the MPCA has requested the Company to
undertake an investigation and to evaluate remedial alternatives.  The Company
is presently negotiating with the MPCA the scope of the sediments
investigation. The Company believes that any estimate of the potential costs of
remediating the underwater sediments will not be meaningful until the
investigation is completed and possible remedial alternatives are reviewed by
the Company and the MPCA.  To date, there have been few sites in the United
States involving the clean-up of underwater sediments, and none in which the
MPCA has acted as lead agency.  On a preliminary basis, the Company believes
that the range of reasonable remedial alternatives for the underwater sediments
includes that of taking no action, thereby avoiding the disruption of the
natural remediation of the underwater sediments which has been under way for
over 30 years.  Thus, the Company believes the minimum of the range of costs of
remedial alternatives to be zero, and to date has made provision for only the
investigation, and not for the clean-up, of underwater sediments.

In March 1994, the citizen board of the MPCA, contrary to the recommendation of
the MPCA professional staff, named only the Company as a responsible party with
respect to the underwater sediments at the Duluth Site.  The MPCA staff had
recommended that the successors to certain coal tar processors at the site (the
"tar companies") also be named as responsible parties.  The Company believes
that the tar companies are the cause of a major portion of the underwater
contamination of the site, and is reviewing its options for either obtaining
the inclusion of the tar companies as responsible parties or recovering a
portion of the Company's costs from the tar companies.

The Company's current expectation is that cash outlays related to its
outstanding reserves for environmental matters will be made over the period of
1995 to 1997, or later.  If the Company ultimately determines that additional
charges beyond its present reserves are necessary in connection with the Duluth
Site, the Company believes it is likely that cash outlays would occur near the
end of the decade, or later.

                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 16 Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is engaged in certain routine litigation arising in the ordinary
course of business.  Based upon its evaluation of available information,
management does not believe that any such matters are likely, individually or
in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business
future, results of operations, liquidity or consolidated financial condition.

On July 9, 1990, the City of Toledo, Ohio, brought an action in Federal
district court in Toledo, Ohio, against the Company, Acme Steel Company
("Acme" or the "old Interlake"), Beazer Materials and Services, Inc. ("Beazer")
and Toledo Coke Corporation ("Toledo Coke") in connection with the alleged
contamination of a 1.7 acre parcel of land the City had purchased from Toledo
Coke for purposes of building a road.  The City has alleged various claims,
both with respect to the 1.7 acres of right-of-way it purchased and owns and
the entire coke facility owned by Toledo Coke which adjoins the right-of-way.
These claims seek a judgment finding the Company and the other defendants
liable for the environmental remediation costs and other relief.  The Company's
alleged liability arises from its indemnification obligations with respect to
Acme, which as the old Interlake operated coke ovens and by-product recovery
facilities on the site from 1930 through 1978.  In 1978 the old Interlake sold
the coke plant to Koppers Company, Inc., which was later acquired by Beazer,
and which indemnified Interlake against environmental liabilities.  Koppers, in
turn, sold the facility to Toledo Coke.  Interlake has cross-claimed against
Beazer under its indemnity.

Prior to the filing of the preliminary injunction described below, the City of
Toledo and the defendants had been discussing possible remedial plans which the
defendants believe would enable the City to build the road in question.  Under
these plans, the amounts required to be contributed by the Company would not
have been material to the business or financial condition of the Company. On or
about January 31, 1994, the City filed a motion seeking a preliminary injunc-
tion under the Resource Conservation Recovery Act ordering the defendants to
take certain remedial actions with respect to the right-of-way.  A hearing on
the City's motion was completed in October 1994.  The City is seeking an order
compelling the defendants to perform a remedy which the City asserts would cost
approximately $4 million.  The Company believes that the right-of-way could be
remedied to a degree sufficient to enable the building of the road at a cost
far less than $4 million. Although the Company believes that it is entitled to
be indemnified by Beazer, to the extent the Company incurs any liabilities or
costs by virtue of the ongoing injunction hearing, the Company could be
compelled to incur costs prior to having its indemnification cross-claim
against Beazer decided by the court.

In January 1995, Beazer filed a motion for summary judgment seeking to have the
Company's indemnification cross-claim denied.  The Company intends to resist
such motion, and to file its own motion for summary judgment seeking the
enforcement of the indemnification from Beazer.

                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
NOTE 17 Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

Quarterly results of operations for 1994 and 1993 were as follows:
(in millions except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1st       2nd       3rd      4th
                                                   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter  Quarter
 <S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
 1994
  Net sales
   Engineered Materials                            $ 48.2    $ 54.4    $ 54.2   $ 59.6
   Handling/Packaging Systems                       121.1     127.7     139.5    147.9
                                                    169.3     182.1     193.7    207.5
 
  Gross Profit                                       39.5      43.4      42.9     49.9
 
  Operating profit
   Engineered Materials                               7.8       8.1       6.8      9.6
   Handling/Packaging Systems                         5.5       5.8       7.9      8.9
   Corporate Items                                   (1.3)      (.3)      (.3)     (.1)
  Operating profit before goodwill write-down        12.0      13.6      14.4     18.4
  Goodwill write-down                                                            (34.2)
  Operating profit                                   12.0      13.6      14.4    (15.8)
 
  Income (loss) before accounting change             (2.4)     (2.4)     (1.9)   (33.9)
  Net income (loss)                                  (2.6)     (2.4)     (1.9)   (33.9)
  Income (loss) before accounting change
   per common share                                  (.11)     (.11)     (.08)   (1.54)
  Net income (loss) per common share                 (.12)     (.11)     (.08)   (1.54)
 
 
 1993
  Net sales
   Engineered Materials                            $ 51.5    $ 48.7    $ 46.9   $ 45.4
   Handling/Packaging Systems                       117.0     124.4     122.1    125.3
                                                    168.5     173.1     169.0    170.7
 
  Gross profit                                       41.7      41.4      37.8     39.9
 
  Operating profit
   Engineered Materials                               7.7       7.3       6.2      5.1
   Handling/Packaging Systems                         4.3       5.6       3.7      5.5
   Corporate Items                                    (.3)      (.1)      (.2)    (1.0)
  Operating profit before restructuring charge       11.7      12.8       9.7      9.6
  Restructuring charge                                                            (5.6)
  Operating profit                                   11.7      12.8       9.7      4.0
 
  Net income (loss)                                  (3.6)     (3.1)     (4.7)   (14.6)
  Net income (loss) per common share                 (.16)     (.14)     (.22)    (.66)
</TABLE>

                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
In the fourth quarter 1994, the Company revised its accounting policy for
valuing its long-lived assets to include the cost of capital in estimating the
total projected future cash flows from its business units. Previously, the cash
flows were computed without discounting or allocation of interest cost.  In the
fourth quarter 1994, the Company determined that in the case of certain
businesses, the projected cash flows on a discounted basis were insufficient to
recover the carrying value of the assets.  As a result, certain goodwill assets
totalling $34,174 were written off in full (see Note 2).

In the fourth quarter of 1993, the Company took a restructuring charge of
$5,611 (see Note 3).

Nonoperating expenses consist of items which are not related to activities that
constitute the Company's ongoing operations.  Nonoperating income was recorded
in the first quarter of 1994 in the amount of $1,100 related to a one-time gain
from settlement of a real-estate matter with a local transportation authority.
In 1993, nonoperating expenses included a special charge of $3,850 in the
fourth quarter and $900 in the second quarter for environmental matters
involving nonoperating locations (see Note 15).

In 1994 and 1993, benefits to pretax income due to reductions in LIFO
inventories were $626 and $1,000, respectively, in the first quarter and $325
and $200, respectively, in the fourth quarter.

Effective as of the beginning of fiscal 1994, the Company changed its method of
accounting for postretirement benefits for its foreign plans by adopting the
Financial Accounting Standards Board's FAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions".  This change in accounting
principle required restatement of previously reported first quarter 1994
results by a charge of $194 or $.01 per share.

NOTE 18 Subsequent Event

In March of 1995, the Company amended its bank credit agreement to modify
certain covenants as they relate to 1995.

                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
                Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Operations
                          For the Three Months Ended
                       March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Three Months Ended
                                                    -------------------------------------
                                                      March 27, 1994       April 2, 1995
                                                        (13 weeks)           (14 weeks)
                                                    (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                 <C>                    <C>
 
Net sales                                                $169,336             $206,898
Cost of products sold                                     129,863              155,979
Selling and administrative expense                         27,440               32,212
                                                         --------             --------
 
Operating profit                                           12,033               18,707
Interest expense                                           12,818               13,950
Interest income                                              (277)                (471)
Nonoperating (income) expense                                (996)                 (71)
                                                         --------             --------
Income (loss) before taxes on income, minority
  interest and accounting changes                             488                5,299
Provision for income taxes                                  1,988                3,489
                                                         --------             --------
 
Income (loss) before minority
  interest and accounting change                           (1,500)               1,810
Minority interest in net income of subsidiaries               895                1,416
                                                         --------             --------
 
Income (loss) before accounting change                     (2,395)                 394
Accounting change                                            (194)                  --
                                                         --------             --------
 
Net income (loss)                                        $ (2,589)            $    394
                                                         ========             ========
 
Primary net income (loss) per share:
  Before accounting change                               $   (.11)            $    .02
  Accounting change                                          (.01)                  --
                                                         --------             --------
  Primary net income (loss) per share                    $   (.12)            $    .02
                                                         ========             ========
  Fully diluted net income                                    N/A             $    .01
                                                                              ========

Weighted average shares outstanding
 
  Primary                                                  22,027               22,341
                                                         ========             ========

  Fully diluted                                               N/A               29,921
                                                                              ========
</TABLE>

                                     F-26
<PAGE>
 
                     Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheet
                      December 25, 1994 and April 2, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
 
                                                            December 25, 1994       April 2, 1995
                                                              (In thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                         <C>                     <C>
Assets
 
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents                                      $  39,708             $  22,473
 Receivables, less allowances of $3,171 at
 April 2, 1995 and $2,977 at December 25, 1994                    129,089               126,056
 Inventories -- Raw materials and supplies                         22,875                23,283
             -- Semi-finished and finished products                50,978                59,225
 Other current assets                                               6,340                 8,309
                                                                ---------             ---------
     Total Current Assets                                         248,990               239,346
                                                                ---------             ---------

Goodwill and Other Assets:
 Goodwill, less amortization                                        4,667                 4,426
 Other assets                                                      45,562                45,909
                                                                ---------             ---------
                                                                   50,229                50,335
                                                                ---------             ---------
Property, Plant and Equipment, at cost                            382,840               392,327
Less -- Depreciation and amortization                            (237,106)             (246,404)
                                                                ---------             ---------
                                                                  145,734               145,923
                                                                ---------             ---------
     Total Assets                                               $ 444,953             $ 435,604
                                                                =========             =========
 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)
 
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable                                               $  71,957             $  68,860
 Accrued liabilities                                               42,563                40,847
 Interest payable                                                  13,910                 3,249
 Accrued salaries and wages                                        18,060                12,807
 Income taxes payable                                              10,328                11,230
 Debt due within one year                                          24,553                30,527
                                                                ---------             ---------
     Total Current Liabilities                                    181,371               167,520
                                                                ---------             ---------
 
Long-Term Debt                                                    417,898               417,067
                                                                ---------             ---------
 
Other Long-Term Liabilities and Deferred Credits                  102,964               104,240
                                                                ---------             ---------
 
Preferred Stock - 2,000,000 shares authorized
 Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock - Redeemable,
 par value $1 per share, issued 40,000 shares                      39,155                39,155
 
Shareholders' Equity (Deficit):
 Common stock, par value $1 per share, authorized
  100,000,000 shares, issued 23,228,695 shares                     23,229                23,229
 Additional paid-in capital                                        30,248                13,504
 Cost of common stock held in treasury (412,500 shares at
  April 2, 1995 and 1,202,000 shares at December 25, 1994)        (28,047)               (9,625)
 Accumulated deficit                                             (293,966)             (293,571)
 Unearned compensation                                            (10,058)              (10,752)
 Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments             (17,841)              (15,163)
                                                                ---------             ---------
     Total Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)                        (296,435)             (292,378)
                                                                ---------             ---------
 
     Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)       $ 444,953             $ 435,604
                                                                =========             =========
</TABLE>

                                     F-27
<PAGE>
 
                Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
                          For the Three Months Ended
                       March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Three Months Ended
                                                          --------------------------------
                                                          March 27, 1994     April 2, 1995
                                                            (13 weeks)         (14 weeks)
                                                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>
 
Cash flows from (for) operating activities:
 Net income (loss)                                           $ (2,589)          $    394
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
  cash provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                                5,987              5,322
   Debt issuance costs                                         (1,137)            (1,236)
   Other operating adjustments                                   (288)             1,155
   (Increase) decrease in working capital:
    Accounts receivable                                        (3,952)             6,188
    Inventories                                                (1,914)            (6,590)
    Other current assets                                         (540)            (1,759)
    Accounts payable                                            4,318             (4,219)
    Other accrued liabilities                                 (10,537)           (19,352)
    Income taxes payable                                          577                953
                                                             --------           --------
     Total Working Capital Change                             (12,048)           (24,779)
                                                             --------           --------
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities              (10,075)           (19,144)
                                                             --------           --------
 
Cash flows from (for) investing activities:
 Capital expenditures                                          (3,675)            (3,051)
 Proceeds from disposal of PP&E                                    38                 23
 Other investment flows                                            93                 42
                                                             --------           --------
 
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities               (3,544)            (2,986)
                                                             --------           --------
 
Cash flows from (for) financing activities:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                          --             10,000
 Retirements of long-term debt                                   (925)            (5,210)
 Other financing flows                                            302                804
                                                             --------           --------
 
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                 (623)             5,594
                                                             --------           --------
 
Effect of exchange rate changes                                   (86)              (699)
                                                             --------           --------
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents              (14,328)           (17,235)
 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period                 31,934             39,708
                                                             --------           --------
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period                     $ 17,606           $ 22,473
                                                             ========           ========
</TABLE>

                                     F-28
<PAGE>
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------

Note 1 - Unaudited Financial Statements

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company for the
three month periods ended March 27, 1994 and April 2, 1995 and as of April 2,
1995 have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles for interim financial information, in accordance with the
instructions to Form 10-Q and in accordance with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X.
Accordingly, such statements do not include all of the information and footnotes
that are included in the annual consolidated financial statements. In the
opinion of management, all adjustments (except as noted consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have
been included. Operating results for the three month period ended April 2, 1995
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the
entire 1995 fiscal year.

The Registrant and its subsidiaries are referred to herein on a consolidated
basis as the Company.

Note 2 - Computation of Common Share Data

The weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to compute
income (loss) per common share for the first quarter was 22,341,000 in 1995
and 22,027,000 in 1994 for primary shares, and for fully diluted shares was
29,921,000 in 1995.  (The weighted average shares outstanding excludes common
stock equivalents of 7,055,000 shares in 1994 related to the convertible
preferred stock because the conversion of the preferred stock into such shares
would have an anti-dilutive effect.)

Note 3 - Non-Operating (Income) Expense

Non-operating (income) expense consists of items which are not related to
activities that constitute the Company's ongoing major operations.  In 1994,
non-operating (income) expense reflected a $1.1 million nonrecurring gain at
Aerospace Components from the settlement of a real estate matter with a local
transportation authority.

Note 4 - LIFO Inventories

The liquidation of LIFO inventories benefited income before taxes by $0.8
million in the first quarter of 1995 and by $0.6 million in the first quarter
of 1994.

Note 5 - Income Taxes

In the first quarter of 1995, the Company had an effective tax rate of 65.8%.
Because most of the interest expense is borne in the United States at the
parent company level, the Company had substantial taxable income in foreign
and state jurisdictions.  Taxes due to foreign authorities were not offset by
U.S. federal income tax benefits.

The high level of net interest expense caused domestic losses in 1994 which
were not eligible for federal tax benefits in the periods in which they were
incurred (although such losses may be carried forward and tax benefits
realized in future years to the extent that domestic income is earned).  As a
result, the taxes due to foreign and state authorities were not offset by U.S.
federal income tax benefits in 1994 and, as a result, the Company recorded tax
expense in excess of pretax income in 1994.

Note 6 - Environmental Matters

In connection with the reorganization of the old Interlake, Inc. (now Acme
Steel Company ("Acme")) in 1986, the Registrant, then newly-formed,
indemnified Acme against certain environmental liabilities relating to
properties which had been shut down or disposed of by Acme's iron and steel
division prior to the 1986 reorganization.  As of April 2, 1995, the Company's
reserves for  environmental liabilities totalled $5.9 million.

Based on its current estimate of its potential environmental liabilities,
including all contingent liabilities, individually and in the aggregate,
asserted and unasserted, the Company believes that the costs of environmental

                                     F-29
<PAGE>
 
matters have been fully provided for or are unlikely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, future results of operations,
liquidity or consolidated financial condition.  In arriving at its current
estimate of its potential environmental liabilities, the Company has relied
upon the estimates and analysis of its environmental consultants and legal
advisors, as well as its own evaluation, and has considered:  the probable
scope and cost of investigations and remediations for which the Company
expects to have liability; the likelihood of the Company being found liable
for the claims asserted or threatened against it; and the risk of other
responsible parties not being able to meet their obligations with respect to
clean-ups.  In estimating its potential environmental liabilities, the Company
has not taken into consideration any potential recoveries from insurance
companies, although in May 1994 the Company instituted an action seeking a
declaratory judgment against and recoveries from insurers under policies
covering nearly 30 years.  The Company's estimate has not been discounted to
reflect the time-value of money, although a significant delay in implementation
of certain of the remedies thought to be probable could result in cost estimates
increasing due to inflation.

The Company's current estimates of its potential environmental liabilities are
subject to considerable uncertainty due to the continuing uncertainty
surrounding one of the sites for which the Company is responsible pursuant to
its indemnity of Acme -- namely, the Superfund site on the St. Louis River in
Duluth, Minnesota (the "Duluth Site").  These uncertainties relate to both the
clean-up of certain contaminated soils at the site, as well as the remediation
of certain underwater sediments.

With respect to the contaminated soils, the Company has conducted certain
investigations at the request of the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
("MPCA"), and has studied various remedial alternatives and associated costs.
The alternatives studied have included both those that assume that the Duluth
Site will be used for industrial purposes, consistent with its current and
historical uses, and those that would meet standards for unrestricted use.  
Based on these investigations and studies, the Company's estimate of its share
of the likely costs to complete remediation of certain contaminated soils at the
site to standards consistent with the site's present industrial use, based on
risk assessments and other assumptions it believes to be most appropriate, range
from $3 million to $4 million.  The Company has reviewed other remedial plans
prepared on behalf of the Company for the contaminated soils which also
contemplate the continued industrial use of the property but which could cost as
much as $20 million.  This higher amount is based upon certain risk assessments
and other assumptions which the Company believes to be overly conservative.  If
remediation to an unrestricted use standard were required, the cost likely would
be higher yet.  The cost of the remedial alternative designed to meet
unrestricted use standards most recently prepared for the Company was calculated
to be approximately $38 million.

With respect to the underwater sediments, the MPCA has requested the Company to
undertake an investigation and to evaluate remedial alternatives.  The Company
is presently negotiating with the MPCA the scope of the sediments
investigation.  The Company believes that any estimate of the potential costs
of remediating the underwater sediments will not be meaningful until the
investigation is completed and possible remedial alternatives are reviewed by
the Company and the MPCA.  To date, there have been few sites in the United
States involving the clean-up of underwater sediments, and none in which the
MPCA has acted as lead agency.  On a preliminary basis, the Company believes
that the range of reasonable remedial alternatives for the underwater sediments 
includes that of taking no action, thereby avoiding the disruption of the
natural remediation of the underwater sediments which has been underway for
over 30 years.  Thus, the Company believes the minimum of the range of costs of
remedial alternatives to be zero, and to date has made provision for only the
investigation, and not for the clean-up, of underwater sediments.

The Company's current expectation is that cash outlays related to its
outstanding reserves for environmental matters will be made over the period of
1995 to 1997, or later.  If the Company ultimately determines that additional
charges are necessary in connection with the Duluth Site, the Company believes
it is likely that cash outlays would occur near the end of the decade, or later.

Note 7 - Accounting Change

Effective as of the beginning of fiscal 1994, the Company changed its method of
accounting for postretirement benefits for its foreign plans by adopting the
Financial Accounting Standards Board's FAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions."  This change in accounting
principle required restatement of previously reported first quarter 1994 results
by a charge of $0.2 million.

                                     F-30
<PAGE>
 
          No person has been authorized to give any information or make any
representations other than those contained in this Prospectus in connection with
the offer made hereby, and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the
Company, the Underwriters or any other person.  This Prospectus does not
constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy in any
jurisdiction in which or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make any such
offer or solicitation.  Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any offer or
sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that
the information set forth herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the
date hereof.

                          ---------------------------


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                             Page
                                             ----
<S>                                          <C>
 
Available Information......................    2
Incorporation of Certain Information by
  Reference................................    2
Prospectus Summary.........................    3
Risk Factors...............................   10
Use of Proceeds............................   15
Capitalization.............................   16
Selected Consolidated Financial Data.......   17
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Results of Operations and Financial
  Condition................................   19
Business...................................   28
Management.................................   36
Description of Senior Notes................   38
Description of Certain Other Indebtedness..   56
Underwriting...............................   62
Legal Matters..............................   62
Experts....................................   62
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements...............................  F-1
 
</TABLE>


                                  $100,000,000

                              [LOGO OF INTERLAKE]

                                 % Senior Notes
                                    due 2001


                              -------------------
                              P R O S P E C T U S
                              -------------------

                          Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
                             Securities Corporation

                                CS First Boston
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 14.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The following is a list of the estimated expenses to be incurred by
The Interlake Corporation (the "Company") in connection with the issuance and
distribution of the Senior Notes being registered hereby, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
     <S>                                                            <C>       
     Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee..........  $   34,483*
     National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee..      10,500*
     Trustee fees.................................................       8,000
     Printing costs...............................................     200,000
     Accounting fees and expenses.................................     100,000
     Legal fees and expenses (not including Blue Sky).............     500,000
     Blue Sky qualifications and related legal fees and expenses..      20,000
     Miscellaneous expenses.......................................     127,017
                                                                    ----------
         Total....................................................  $1,000,000
                                                                    ==========
</TABLE>
- ---------
*Actual expense.


Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

   Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware sets
forth provisions which define the extent to which a corporation organized
under the laws of Delaware may indemnify directors, officers, employees and
agents.  Article Thirteenth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and
Article III, Section 8, of the Company's By-Laws provide for the
indemnification by the Company of each person who is or was or had agreed to
become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or, at the
request of the Company, a director, officer, employee or agent of another
enterprise, against all expenses and other amounts for which indemnification
may be made under law.  Section 145 provides in pertinent part as follows:

        (a)  A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or
     is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
     action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
     investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
     corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer,
     employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request
     of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
     corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
     against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
     amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in
     connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith
     and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
     best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal
     action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
     unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,
     order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
     equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person
     did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to
     be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with
     respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to
     believe that his conduct was unlawful.

        (b)  A corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or
     is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
     action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment 
     in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer,
     employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request
     of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
     corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against
     expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
     him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if
     he acted in good

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
 
     faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
     the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification
     shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such
     person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and
     only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such
     action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite
     the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the
     case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such
     expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem
     proper.

        (c)  To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of a
     corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of
     any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of
     this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he
     shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
     actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

        (d)   Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section
     (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as
     authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification
     of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
     circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set
     forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section.  Such determination
     shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties
     to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or
     (2) there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by
     independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the
     stockholders.

        (e)  Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or
     director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or
     investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation
     in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding
     upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
     officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he
     is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in
     this section.  Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by
     other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions,
     if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

        (f)  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or
     granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be
     deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking
     indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any
     bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
     otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
     another capacity while holding such office.

        (g)  A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance
     on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
     agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
     corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
     corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
     against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any
     such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the
     corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability
     under this section.

                                  *    *    *

        (j)  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or
     granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when
     authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a
     director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of
     the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

     The Company also maintains directors' and officers' reimbursement and
and liability insurance and has entered into agreements with its directors and
certain officers providing for indemnification in certain events.

     Reference is made to Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1
to this Registration Statement), which provides for indemnification of the
Company's officers, directors and controlling persons by the Underwriters
against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
 
Item 16.  Exhibits.  The following Exhibits are filed herewith and made a part
hereof:
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION> 

     Exhibit
     Number    Description of Document
     ------    -----------------------
     <C>       <S> 
      1.1*     Form of Underwriting Agreement.

      3.1      Composite of the Registrant's Restated Certificate of
               Incorporation as amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               3.1 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
               year ended December 27, 1992 (the "1992 10-K").

      3.2      Bylaws of Registrant as amended and restated dated August 23,
               1990, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) of the
               Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
               December 30, 1990 (the "1990 10-K").

      4.1**    Form of Indenture (including table of contents and form of Senior
               Note).

      4.2      Form of Indenture (including form of Subordinated Debenture),
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-46247, as
               amended (the "Debt S-2").

      4.3      Rights Agreement dated as of January 26, 1989 between the
               Registrant and the First National Bank of Chicago, as Rights
               Agent, (the "Rights Agreement") incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 2 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
               8-A dated as of January 27, 1989.

      4.4      Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of August 15, 1989,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) of the Company's Form
               8 dated May 22, 1990.

      4.5      Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of May 7, 1990,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b) of the Company's Form
               8 dated May 22, 1990.

      4.6      Form of Amendment to Rights Agreement, incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 4.5 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on
               Form S-2, File No. 33-46248, as amended (the "Common Stock
               S-2").

      4.7      Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of April 13, 1994,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 of the Company's Form
               8-A/A dated April 19, 1994.

      4.8      Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 6, 1992
               among the Registrant and the persons listed on the Schedule of
               Purchasers attached thereto, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.6 of the Common Stock S-2.

      4.9      Revised Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the
               Registrant and the parties listed on the signature pages
               thereof, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the
               Registrant's Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the
               Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-37041 (the
               "IRN Post-Effective Amendment No. 4").

      4.10     Form of Series 1 Junior Convertible Subordinated Debenture,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 of the Common Stock
               S-2.

      4.11     Form of Series 2 Junior Convertible Subordinated Debenture,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 of the Common Stock
               S-2.


      4.12     Series A-3 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7,
               1992 by and between the Registrant and the persons listed on
               the signature pages thereto, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.9 of the IRN Post-Effective Amendment No. 4.
</TABLE>
     
                                      II-3


<PAGE>

<TABLE> 

     <C>       <S> 
 
      4.13     Form of Series 3 Junior Convertible Subordinated Debenture
               (Exchange Debentures relating to the Series A-3 Preferred Stock),
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the IRN Post-
               Effective Amendment No. 4.

      4.14     Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 2, 1989 between the
               Registrant and LaSalle National Bank, trustee for The
               Interlake Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(v) of the Registrant's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29,
               1991 (the "1991 10-K").

      4.15     Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the IRN Post-Effective Amendment
               No. 4.

      4.16     First Amendment, dated as of August 17, 1992, to the Amended and
               Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.18 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.17     Second Amendment, dated as of October 30, 1992, to the Amended
               and Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.19 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.18     Third Amendment, dated August 20, 1993, to the Amended and
               Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to the
               Registrant's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
               ended September 26, 1993.

      4.19     Fourth Amendment, dated December 22, 1993, to the Amended and
               Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.29 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
               for the year ended December 26, 1993 (the "1993 10-K").

      4.20     Fifth Amendment, dated February 23, 1994, to the Amended and
               Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.30 of the 1993 10-K.

      4.21     Sixth Amendment, dated August 16, 1994, to the Amended and
               Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               4.20 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
               year ended December 25, 1994 (the "1994 10-K").

      4.22     Seventh Amendment, dated as of January 24, 1995, to the Amended
               and Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.21 of the 1994 10-K.

      4.23     Eighth Amendment, dated as of February 1, 1995, to the Amended
               and Restated Credit Agreement, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.22 of the 1994 10-K.

      4.24     The Registrant Term Notes dated June 18, 1992, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 4.20 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.25     The Registrant Revolving Notes dated June 18, 1992, incorporated
               by reference to Exhibit 4.21 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.26     Subsidiary Term Notes dated June 18, 1992, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 4.22 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.27     Subsidiary Revolving Notes dated June 18, 1992, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 4.23 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.28     The Registrant Delayed Draw Notes dated June 18, 1992,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.29     The Registrant Deferred Term Notes dated June 18, 1992,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 of the 1992 10-K.


</TABLE> 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>

    
<TABLE> 
     <C>       <S> 

      4.30     The Registrant Pledge Agreement dated September 27, 1989, made by
               the Registrant and accepted by Chemical Bank, along with stock
               certificates of the two subsidiaries, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10(t) of the Registrant's Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989 (the "1989
               10-K").

      4.31     Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated September 27, 1989
               and amended and restated as of August 17, 1992 between the
               Registrant and Chemical Bank, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 4.27 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.32     Amended and Restated Security Agreement among Certain 
               Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Chemical Bank dated as of
               September 27, 1989 and amended and restated as of August 17,
               1992, incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.28 of the 1992 10-K.

      4.33*    Form of Amended Credit Agreement.

      5.1**    Opinion of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue as to the validity of the
               Senior Notes being offered.

      10.1     1995 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 1994 10-K.

      10.2     1994 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 1993 Form 10-K.

      10.3     Key Executive Retention Program adopted February 23, 1995,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the 1994 10-K.

      10.4     Form of Grant of Stock Award as of February 23, 1995,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 1994 10-K.

      10.5     Form of Agreement dated August 27, 1992 for the Cancellation
               and Re-Granting of Non-Qualified Stock Options between the
               Registrant and U.S. executive officers and employees,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the 1992 10-K.

      10.6     Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated January 26,
               1995 between the Registrant and one executive officer,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the 1994 10-K.

      10.7     Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated January 26,
               1995 between the Registrant and one foreign executive,
               incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the 1994 10-K.

      10.8     Form of Grant of Stock Award as of May 23, 1991 - Outside
               Director, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) of the
               1991 10-K.

      10.9     Form of Grant of Stock Award as of April 26, 1990 - Outside
               Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) of the
               1990 10-K.

      10.10    Amendment to Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and to Stock
               Appreciation Rights granted July 23, 1987 by the Registrant to
               one U.S. executive officer, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10(i) of the 1990 10-K.

      10.11    Amendment to Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement and to Stock
               Appreciation Rights granted July 28, 1988 by the Registrant to
               one U.S. executive officer, incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10(j) of the 1990 10-K.

      10.12    1989 Stock Incentive Program, incorporated by reference to the
               proxy statement filed in connection with the Registrant's 1990
               annual meeting of shareholders.
</TABLE> 
     
                                      II-5
<PAGE>

    
<TABLE> 
     <C>       <S> 
 
      10.13    1986 Stock Incentive Program, incorporated by reference to
               Appendix D to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
               S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March
               26, 1986.

      10.14    Trust Agreement between the Registrant and Continental Illinois
               National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago with respect to The
               Interlake Corporation Restated Directors' Post-Retirement
               Income Plan dated September 30, 1988, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10(p) of the Registrant's Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended December 25, 1988 (the "1988
               10-K").

      10.15    Trust Agreement between the Registrant and Continental Illinois
               National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago with respect to the
               Deferred Compensation Agreement dated May 29, 1986 (as amended
               August 5, 1988) between the Registrant and Frederick C.
               Langenberg dated September 30, 1988, incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10(q) of the 1988 10-K.

      10.16    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and
               Outside Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)
               of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
               ending December 27, 1987 (the "1987 10-K").

      10.17    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and
               executive officers, including inside directors, incorporated
               by reference to Exhibit 10(b) of the 1987 10-K.

      10.18    Form of Severance Pay Agreement between the Registrant and 12
               executive officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18
               of the 1994 10-K.

      10.19    Form of Severance Pay Agreement between the Registrant and two
               executive officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19
               of the 1994 10-K.

      10.20    Cross Indemnification Agreement dated as of May 29, 1986, between
               the Registrant and Acme Steel Company, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10(b) of the Registrant's Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 1986 (the "1986
               10-K").

      10.21    Parallel Loan Agreement dated as of May 29, 1986, between Acme
               Steel Company and The Interlake Companies, Inc., as amended by
               letter agreement dated June 27, 1986, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10(c) of the 1986 10-K.

      10.22    Tax Indemnification Agreement dated as of May 29, 1986, between
               the Registrant and Acme Steel Company, incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10(i) of the 1986 10-K.

      10.23    Deferred Compensation Agreement dated May 29, 1986, between the
               Registrant and Frederick C. Langenberg, incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10(j) of the 1986 10-K.

      10.24    Instrument of Assumption and Release dated May 29, 1986, between
               the Registrant, W. R. Reum and Acme Steel Company, concerning
               an April 12, 1982 Agreement between W. R. Reum and Interlake,
               Inc. (n.k.a. Acme Metals, Inc.), incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 10(l) of the 1986 10-K.

      12.1**   Statement regarding calculation of ratios.

      23.1**   Consent of Jones, Day, Reavis & Pogue (included in Exhibit 5.1).

      23.2**   Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.

      24.1**   Powers of Attorney.
</TABLE> 
     
                                      II-6
<PAGE>

    
<TABLE> 
      <C>      <S> 

      25.1**   Statement of eligibility and qualification of trustee.
</TABLE>
  ________________
  *  To be filed by amendment.
  ** Previously filed.     


  Item 17.  Undertakings

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
  Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
  Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
  has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
  such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
  Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for
  indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
  registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
  person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
  proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
  connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
  in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
  precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
  such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
  Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

       (1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
       the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
       Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
       of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
       or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
       Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
       Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
       shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
       securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
       time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-7
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
    
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company
  certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
  requirements for filing on Form S-2 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1
  to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
  thereunto duly authorized, in Lisle, Illinois, on May 3, 1995.     

                                    THE INTERLAKE CORPORATION

                                        
                                    By:   /s/  Stephen R. Smith
                                      -----------------------------
                                      Stephen R. Smith
                                      Vice President, Secretary and          
                                      General Counsel     


         
    
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
  No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
  the capacities and on the dates indicated.     

    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
Signature                                 Title                       Date
- ------------------------    -----------------------------------  --------------
<S>                         <C>                                  <C>

           *                Chairman, President, Chief             May 3, 1995
- ------------------------    Executive Officer and Director
  W. Robert Reum            (Principal Executive Officer)


           *                Vice President-Finance, Treasurer      May 3, 1995
- ------------------------    and Chief Financial Officer
  Stephen Gregory           (Principal Financial Officer)


           *                Controller                             May 3, 1995
- ------------------------    (Principal Accounting Officer)
  John P. Miller


           *                Director                               May 3, 1995
- -------------------------
 John A. Canning, Jr.


           *                Director                               May 3, 1995
- ---------------------
  James C. Cotting


           *                Director                               May 3, 1995
- ---------------------
  John E. Jones


           *                Director                               May 3, 1995
- ---------------------------
  Frederick C. Langenberg
     

         

    
           *                Director                               May 3, 1995
- ----------------------                                        
  Quentin C. McKenna


           *                Director                               May 3, 1995
- -----------------------                                        
  William G. Mitchell


           *                Director                               May 3, 1995
- ---------------------                                           
  Erwin E. Schulze     

</TABLE> 

         

    
*The undersigned by signing his name hereunto has hereby signed this Amendment 
No. 1 to Registration Statement on behalf of the above-named officers and 
directors, on May 3, 1995, pursuant to a power of attorney executed on behalf of
each such director and officer and filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission.

By: /s/ Stephen R. Smith
    --------------------
    Stephen R. Smith

                                     II-8
     



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission